]> git.saurik.com Git - bison.git/blob - doc/bison.texinfo
2006-10-16 Paolo Bonzini <bonzini@gnu.org>
[bison.git] / doc / bison.texinfo
1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @comment %**start of header
3 @setfilename bison.info
4 @include version.texi
5 @settitle Bison @value{VERSION}
6 @setchapternewpage odd
7
8 @finalout
9
10 @c SMALL BOOK version
11 @c This edition has been formatted so that you can format and print it in
12 @c the smallbook format.
13 @c @smallbook
14
15 @c Set following if you want to document %default-prec and %no-default-prec.
16 @c This feature is experimental and may change in future Bison versions.
17 @c @set defaultprec
18
19 @ifnotinfo
20 @syncodeindex fn cp
21 @syncodeindex vr cp
22 @syncodeindex tp cp
23 @end ifnotinfo
24 @ifinfo
25 @synindex fn cp
26 @synindex vr cp
27 @synindex tp cp
28 @end ifinfo
29 @comment %**end of header
30
31 @copying
32
33 This manual is for @acronym{GNU} Bison (version @value{VERSION},
34 @value{UPDATED}), the @acronym{GNU} parser generator.
35
36 Copyright @copyright{} 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1995, 1998,
37 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
38
39 @quotation
40 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
41 under the terms of the @acronym{GNU} Free Documentation License,
42 Version 1.2 or any later version published by the Free Software
43 Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, with the Front-Cover texts
44 being ``A @acronym{GNU} Manual,'' and with the Back-Cover Texts as in
45 (a) below. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled
46 ``@acronym{GNU} Free Documentation License.''
47
48 (a) The @acronym{FSF}'s Back-Cover Text is: ``You have freedom to copy
49 and modify this @acronym{GNU} Manual, like @acronym{GNU} software.
50 Copies published by the Free Software Foundation raise funds for
51 @acronym{GNU} development.''
52 @end quotation
53 @end copying
54
55 @dircategory Software development
56 @direntry
57 * bison: (bison). @acronym{GNU} parser generator (Yacc replacement).
58 @end direntry
59
60 @titlepage
61 @title Bison
62 @subtitle The Yacc-compatible Parser Generator
63 @subtitle @value{UPDATED}, Bison Version @value{VERSION}
64
65 @author by Charles Donnelly and Richard Stallman
66
67 @page
68 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
69 @insertcopying
70 @sp 2
71 Published by the Free Software Foundation @*
72 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor @*
73 Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA @*
74 Printed copies are available from the Free Software Foundation.@*
75 @acronym{ISBN} 1-882114-44-2
76 @sp 2
77 Cover art by Etienne Suvasa.
78 @end titlepage
79
80 @contents
81
82 @ifnottex
83 @node Top
84 @top Bison
85 @insertcopying
86 @end ifnottex
87
88 @menu
89 * Introduction::
90 * Conditions::
91 * Copying:: The @acronym{GNU} General Public License says
92 how you can copy and share Bison
93
94 Tutorial sections:
95 * Concepts:: Basic concepts for understanding Bison.
96 * Examples:: Three simple explained examples of using Bison.
97
98 Reference sections:
99 * Grammar File:: Writing Bison declarations and rules.
100 * Interface:: C-language interface to the parser function @code{yyparse}.
101 * Algorithm:: How the Bison parser works at run-time.
102 * Error Recovery:: Writing rules for error recovery.
103 * Context Dependency:: What to do if your language syntax is too
104 messy for Bison to handle straightforwardly.
105 * Debugging:: Understanding or debugging Bison parsers.
106 * Invocation:: How to run Bison (to produce the parser source file).
107 * C++ Language Interface:: Creating C++ parser objects.
108 * FAQ:: Frequently Asked Questions
109 * Table of Symbols:: All the keywords of the Bison language are explained.
110 * Glossary:: Basic concepts are explained.
111 * Copying This Manual:: License for copying this manual.
112 * Index:: Cross-references to the text.
113
114 @detailmenu
115 --- The Detailed Node Listing ---
116
117 The Concepts of Bison
118
119 * Language and Grammar:: Languages and context-free grammars,
120 as mathematical ideas.
121 * Grammar in Bison:: How we represent grammars for Bison's sake.
122 * Semantic Values:: Each token or syntactic grouping can have
123 a semantic value (the value of an integer,
124 the name of an identifier, etc.).
125 * Semantic Actions:: Each rule can have an action containing C code.
126 * GLR Parsers:: Writing parsers for general context-free languages.
127 * Locations Overview:: Tracking Locations.
128 * Bison Parser:: What are Bison's input and output,
129 how is the output used?
130 * Stages:: Stages in writing and running Bison grammars.
131 * Grammar Layout:: Overall structure of a Bison grammar file.
132
133 Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers
134
135 * Simple GLR Parsers:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers on unambiguous grammars.
136 * Merging GLR Parses:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers to resolve ambiguities.
137 * GLR Semantic Actions:: Deferred semantic actions have special concerns.
138 * Compiler Requirements:: @acronym{GLR} parsers require a modern C compiler.
139
140 Examples
141
142 * RPN Calc:: Reverse polish notation calculator;
143 a first example with no operator precedence.
144 * Infix Calc:: Infix (algebraic) notation calculator.
145 Operator precedence is introduced.
146 * Simple Error Recovery:: Continuing after syntax errors.
147 * Location Tracking Calc:: Demonstrating the use of @@@var{n} and @@$.
148 * Multi-function Calc:: Calculator with memory and trig functions.
149 It uses multiple data-types for semantic values.
150 * Exercises:: Ideas for improving the multi-function calculator.
151
152 Reverse Polish Notation Calculator
153
154 * Decls: Rpcalc Decls. Prologue (declarations) for rpcalc.
155 * Rules: Rpcalc Rules. Grammar Rules for rpcalc, with explanation.
156 * Lexer: Rpcalc Lexer. The lexical analyzer.
157 * Main: Rpcalc Main. The controlling function.
158 * Error: Rpcalc Error. The error reporting function.
159 * Gen: Rpcalc Gen. Running Bison on the grammar file.
160 * Comp: Rpcalc Compile. Run the C compiler on the output code.
161
162 Grammar Rules for @code{rpcalc}
163
164 * Rpcalc Input::
165 * Rpcalc Line::
166 * Rpcalc Expr::
167
168 Location Tracking Calculator: @code{ltcalc}
169
170 * Decls: Ltcalc Decls. Bison and C declarations for ltcalc.
171 * Rules: Ltcalc Rules. Grammar rules for ltcalc, with explanations.
172 * Lexer: Ltcalc Lexer. The lexical analyzer.
173
174 Multi-Function Calculator: @code{mfcalc}
175
176 * Decl: Mfcalc Decl. Bison declarations for multi-function calculator.
177 * Rules: Mfcalc Rules. Grammar rules for the calculator.
178 * Symtab: Mfcalc Symtab. Symbol table management subroutines.
179
180 Bison Grammar Files
181
182 * Grammar Outline:: Overall layout of the grammar file.
183 * Symbols:: Terminal and nonterminal symbols.
184 * Rules:: How to write grammar rules.
185 * Recursion:: Writing recursive rules.
186 * Semantics:: Semantic values and actions.
187 * Locations:: Locations and actions.
188 * Declarations:: All kinds of Bison declarations are described here.
189 * Multiple Parsers:: Putting more than one Bison parser in one program.
190
191 Outline of a Bison Grammar
192
193 * Prologue:: Syntax and usage of the prologue.
194 * Bison Declarations:: Syntax and usage of the Bison declarations section.
195 * Grammar Rules:: Syntax and usage of the grammar rules section.
196 * Epilogue:: Syntax and usage of the epilogue.
197
198 Defining Language Semantics
199
200 * Value Type:: Specifying one data type for all semantic values.
201 * Multiple Types:: Specifying several alternative data types.
202 * Actions:: An action is the semantic definition of a grammar rule.
203 * Action Types:: Specifying data types for actions to operate on.
204 * Mid-Rule Actions:: Most actions go at the end of a rule.
205 This says when, why and how to use the exceptional
206 action in the middle of a rule.
207
208 Tracking Locations
209
210 * Location Type:: Specifying a data type for locations.
211 * Actions and Locations:: Using locations in actions.
212 * Location Default Action:: Defining a general way to compute locations.
213
214 Bison Declarations
215
216 * Require Decl:: Requiring a Bison version.
217 * Token Decl:: Declaring terminal symbols.
218 * Precedence Decl:: Declaring terminals with precedence and associativity.
219 * Union Decl:: Declaring the set of all semantic value types.
220 * Type Decl:: Declaring the choice of type for a nonterminal symbol.
221 * Initial Action Decl:: Code run before parsing starts.
222 * Destructor Decl:: Declaring how symbols are freed.
223 * Expect Decl:: Suppressing warnings about parsing conflicts.
224 * Start Decl:: Specifying the start symbol.
225 * Pure Decl:: Requesting a reentrant parser.
226 * Decl Summary:: Table of all Bison declarations.
227
228 Parser C-Language Interface
229
230 * Parser Function:: How to call @code{yyparse} and what it returns.
231 * Lexical:: You must supply a function @code{yylex}
232 which reads tokens.
233 * Error Reporting:: You must supply a function @code{yyerror}.
234 * Action Features:: Special features for use in actions.
235 * Internationalization:: How to let the parser speak in the user's
236 native language.
237
238 The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}
239
240 * Calling Convention:: How @code{yyparse} calls @code{yylex}.
241 * Token Values:: How @code{yylex} must return the semantic value
242 of the token it has read.
243 * Token Locations:: How @code{yylex} must return the text location
244 (line number, etc.) of the token, if the
245 actions want that.
246 * Pure Calling:: How the calling convention differs
247 in a pure parser (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}).
248
249 The Bison Parser Algorithm
250
251 * Lookahead:: Parser looks one token ahead when deciding what to do.
252 * Shift/Reduce:: Conflicts: when either shifting or reduction is valid.
253 * Precedence:: Operator precedence works by resolving conflicts.
254 * Contextual Precedence:: When an operator's precedence depends on context.
255 * Parser States:: The parser is a finite-state-machine with stack.
256 * Reduce/Reduce:: When two rules are applicable in the same situation.
257 * Mystery Conflicts:: Reduce/reduce conflicts that look unjustified.
258 * Generalized LR Parsing:: Parsing arbitrary context-free grammars.
259 * Memory Management:: What happens when memory is exhausted. How to avoid it.
260
261 Operator Precedence
262
263 * Why Precedence:: An example showing why precedence is needed.
264 * Using Precedence:: How to specify precedence in Bison grammars.
265 * Precedence Examples:: How these features are used in the previous example.
266 * How Precedence:: How they work.
267
268 Handling Context Dependencies
269
270 * Semantic Tokens:: Token parsing can depend on the semantic context.
271 * Lexical Tie-ins:: Token parsing can depend on the syntactic context.
272 * Tie-in Recovery:: Lexical tie-ins have implications for how
273 error recovery rules must be written.
274
275 Debugging Your Parser
276
277 * Understanding:: Understanding the structure of your parser.
278 * Tracing:: Tracing the execution of your parser.
279
280 Invoking Bison
281
282 * Bison Options:: All the options described in detail,
283 in alphabetical order by short options.
284 * Option Cross Key:: Alphabetical list of long options.
285 * Yacc Library:: Yacc-compatible @code{yylex} and @code{main}.
286
287 C++ Language Interface
288
289 * C++ Parsers:: The interface to generate C++ parser classes
290 * A Complete C++ Example:: Demonstrating their use
291
292 C++ Parsers
293
294 * C++ Bison Interface:: Asking for C++ parser generation
295 * C++ Semantic Values:: %union vs. C++
296 * C++ Location Values:: The position and location classes
297 * C++ Parser Interface:: Instantiating and running the parser
298 * C++ Scanner Interface:: Exchanges between yylex and parse
299
300 A Complete C++ Example
301
302 * Calc++ --- C++ Calculator:: The specifications
303 * Calc++ Parsing Driver:: An active parsing context
304 * Calc++ Parser:: A parser class
305 * Calc++ Scanner:: A pure C++ Flex scanner
306 * Calc++ Top Level:: Conducting the band
307
308 Frequently Asked Questions
309
310 * Memory Exhausted:: Breaking the Stack Limits
311 * How Can I Reset the Parser:: @code{yyparse} Keeps some State
312 * Strings are Destroyed:: @code{yylval} Loses Track of Strings
313 * Implementing Gotos/Loops:: Control Flow in the Calculator
314 * Multiple start-symbols:: Factoring closely related grammars
315 * Secure? Conform?:: Is Bison @acronym{POSIX} safe?
316 * I can't build Bison:: Troubleshooting
317 * Where can I find help?:: Troubleshouting
318 * Bug Reports:: Troublereporting
319 * Other Languages:: Parsers in Java and others
320 * Beta Testing:: Experimenting development versions
321 * Mailing Lists:: Meeting other Bison users
322
323 Copying This Manual
324
325 * GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual.
326
327 @end detailmenu
328 @end menu
329
330 @node Introduction
331 @unnumbered Introduction
332 @cindex introduction
333
334 @dfn{Bison} is a general-purpose parser generator that converts an
335 annotated context-free grammar into an @acronym{LALR}(1) or
336 @acronym{GLR} parser for that grammar. Once you are proficient with
337 Bison, you can use it to develop a wide range of language parsers, from those
338 used in simple desk calculators to complex programming languages.
339
340 Bison is upward compatible with Yacc: all properly-written Yacc grammars
341 ought to work with Bison with no change. Anyone familiar with Yacc
342 should be able to use Bison with little trouble. You need to be fluent in
343 C or C++ programming in order to use Bison or to understand this manual.
344
345 We begin with tutorial chapters that explain the basic concepts of using
346 Bison and show three explained examples, each building on the last. If you
347 don't know Bison or Yacc, start by reading these chapters. Reference
348 chapters follow which describe specific aspects of Bison in detail.
349
350 Bison was written primarily by Robert Corbett; Richard Stallman made it
351 Yacc-compatible. Wilfred Hansen of Carnegie Mellon University added
352 multi-character string literals and other features.
353
354 This edition corresponds to version @value{VERSION} of Bison.
355
356 @node Conditions
357 @unnumbered Conditions for Using Bison
358
359 The distribution terms for Bison-generated parsers permit using the
360 parsers in nonfree programs. Before Bison version 2.2, these extra
361 permissions applied only when Bison was generating @acronym{LALR}(1)
362 parsers in C@. And before Bison version 1.24, Bison-generated
363 parsers could be used only in programs that were free software.
364
365 The other @acronym{GNU} programming tools, such as the @acronym{GNU} C
366 compiler, have never
367 had such a requirement. They could always be used for nonfree
368 software. The reason Bison was different was not due to a special
369 policy decision; it resulted from applying the usual General Public
370 License to all of the Bison source code.
371
372 The output of the Bison utility---the Bison parser file---contains a
373 verbatim copy of a sizable piece of Bison, which is the code for the
374 parser's implementation. (The actions from your grammar are inserted
375 into this implementation at one point, but most of the rest of the
376 implementation is not changed.) When we applied the @acronym{GPL}
377 terms to the skeleton code for the parser's implementation,
378 the effect was to restrict the use of Bison output to free software.
379
380 We didn't change the terms because of sympathy for people who want to
381 make software proprietary. @strong{Software should be free.} But we
382 concluded that limiting Bison's use to free software was doing little to
383 encourage people to make other software free. So we decided to make the
384 practical conditions for using Bison match the practical conditions for
385 using the other @acronym{GNU} tools.
386
387 This exception applies when Bison is generating code for a parser.
388 You can tell whether the exception applies to a Bison output file by
389 inspecting the file for text beginning with ``As a special
390 exception@dots{}''. The text spells out the exact terms of the
391 exception.
392
393 @include gpl.texi
394
395 @node Concepts
396 @chapter The Concepts of Bison
397
398 This chapter introduces many of the basic concepts without which the
399 details of Bison will not make sense. If you do not already know how to
400 use Bison or Yacc, we suggest you start by reading this chapter carefully.
401
402 @menu
403 * Language and Grammar:: Languages and context-free grammars,
404 as mathematical ideas.
405 * Grammar in Bison:: How we represent grammars for Bison's sake.
406 * Semantic Values:: Each token or syntactic grouping can have
407 a semantic value (the value of an integer,
408 the name of an identifier, etc.).
409 * Semantic Actions:: Each rule can have an action containing C code.
410 * GLR Parsers:: Writing parsers for general context-free languages.
411 * Locations Overview:: Tracking Locations.
412 * Bison Parser:: What are Bison's input and output,
413 how is the output used?
414 * Stages:: Stages in writing and running Bison grammars.
415 * Grammar Layout:: Overall structure of a Bison grammar file.
416 @end menu
417
418 @node Language and Grammar
419 @section Languages and Context-Free Grammars
420
421 @cindex context-free grammar
422 @cindex grammar, context-free
423 In order for Bison to parse a language, it must be described by a
424 @dfn{context-free grammar}. This means that you specify one or more
425 @dfn{syntactic groupings} and give rules for constructing them from their
426 parts. For example, in the C language, one kind of grouping is called an
427 `expression'. One rule for making an expression might be, ``An expression
428 can be made of a minus sign and another expression''. Another would be,
429 ``An expression can be an integer''. As you can see, rules are often
430 recursive, but there must be at least one rule which leads out of the
431 recursion.
432
433 @cindex @acronym{BNF}
434 @cindex Backus-Naur form
435 The most common formal system for presenting such rules for humans to read
436 is @dfn{Backus-Naur Form} or ``@acronym{BNF}'', which was developed in
437 order to specify the language Algol 60. Any grammar expressed in
438 @acronym{BNF} is a context-free grammar. The input to Bison is
439 essentially machine-readable @acronym{BNF}.
440
441 @cindex @acronym{LALR}(1) grammars
442 @cindex @acronym{LR}(1) grammars
443 There are various important subclasses of context-free grammar. Although it
444 can handle almost all context-free grammars, Bison is optimized for what
445 are called @acronym{LALR}(1) grammars.
446 In brief, in these grammars, it must be possible to
447 tell how to parse any portion of an input string with just a single
448 token of lookahead. Strictly speaking, that is a description of an
449 @acronym{LR}(1) grammar, and @acronym{LALR}(1) involves additional
450 restrictions that are
451 hard to explain simply; but it is rare in actual practice to find an
452 @acronym{LR}(1) grammar that fails to be @acronym{LALR}(1).
453 @xref{Mystery Conflicts, ,Mysterious Reduce/Reduce Conflicts}, for
454 more information on this.
455
456 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing
457 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing
458 @cindex ambiguous grammars
459 @cindex nondeterministic parsing
460
461 Parsers for @acronym{LALR}(1) grammars are @dfn{deterministic}, meaning
462 roughly that the next grammar rule to apply at any point in the input is
463 uniquely determined by the preceding input and a fixed, finite portion
464 (called a @dfn{lookahead}) of the remaining input. A context-free
465 grammar can be @dfn{ambiguous}, meaning that there are multiple ways to
466 apply the grammar rules to get the same inputs. Even unambiguous
467 grammars can be @dfn{nondeterministic}, meaning that no fixed
468 lookahead always suffices to determine the next grammar rule to apply.
469 With the proper declarations, Bison is also able to parse these more
470 general context-free grammars, using a technique known as @acronym{GLR}
471 parsing (for Generalized @acronym{LR}). Bison's @acronym{GLR} parsers
472 are able to handle any context-free grammar for which the number of
473 possible parses of any given string is finite.
474
475 @cindex symbols (abstract)
476 @cindex token
477 @cindex syntactic grouping
478 @cindex grouping, syntactic
479 In the formal grammatical rules for a language, each kind of syntactic
480 unit or grouping is named by a @dfn{symbol}. Those which are built by
481 grouping smaller constructs according to grammatical rules are called
482 @dfn{nonterminal symbols}; those which can't be subdivided are called
483 @dfn{terminal symbols} or @dfn{token types}. We call a piece of input
484 corresponding to a single terminal symbol a @dfn{token}, and a piece
485 corresponding to a single nonterminal symbol a @dfn{grouping}.
486
487 We can use the C language as an example of what symbols, terminal and
488 nonterminal, mean. The tokens of C are identifiers, constants (numeric
489 and string), and the various keywords, arithmetic operators and
490 punctuation marks. So the terminal symbols of a grammar for C include
491 `identifier', `number', `string', plus one symbol for each keyword,
492 operator or punctuation mark: `if', `return', `const', `static', `int',
493 `char', `plus-sign', `open-brace', `close-brace', `comma' and many more.
494 (These tokens can be subdivided into characters, but that is a matter of
495 lexicography, not grammar.)
496
497 Here is a simple C function subdivided into tokens:
498
499 @ifinfo
500 @example
501 int /* @r{keyword `int'} */
502 square (int x) /* @r{identifier, open-paren, keyword `int',}
503 @r{identifier, close-paren} */
504 @{ /* @r{open-brace} */
505 return x * x; /* @r{keyword `return', identifier, asterisk,}
506 @r{identifier, semicolon} */
507 @} /* @r{close-brace} */
508 @end example
509 @end ifinfo
510 @ifnotinfo
511 @example
512 int /* @r{keyword `int'} */
513 square (int x) /* @r{identifier, open-paren, keyword `int', identifier, close-paren} */
514 @{ /* @r{open-brace} */
515 return x * x; /* @r{keyword `return', identifier, asterisk, identifier, semicolon} */
516 @} /* @r{close-brace} */
517 @end example
518 @end ifnotinfo
519
520 The syntactic groupings of C include the expression, the statement, the
521 declaration, and the function definition. These are represented in the
522 grammar of C by nonterminal symbols `expression', `statement',
523 `declaration' and `function definition'. The full grammar uses dozens of
524 additional language constructs, each with its own nonterminal symbol, in
525 order to express the meanings of these four. The example above is a
526 function definition; it contains one declaration, and one statement. In
527 the statement, each @samp{x} is an expression and so is @samp{x * x}.
528
529 Each nonterminal symbol must have grammatical rules showing how it is made
530 out of simpler constructs. For example, one kind of C statement is the
531 @code{return} statement; this would be described with a grammar rule which
532 reads informally as follows:
533
534 @quotation
535 A `statement' can be made of a `return' keyword, an `expression' and a
536 `semicolon'.
537 @end quotation
538
539 @noindent
540 There would be many other rules for `statement', one for each kind of
541 statement in C.
542
543 @cindex start symbol
544 One nonterminal symbol must be distinguished as the special one which
545 defines a complete utterance in the language. It is called the @dfn{start
546 symbol}. In a compiler, this means a complete input program. In the C
547 language, the nonterminal symbol `sequence of definitions and declarations'
548 plays this role.
549
550 For example, @samp{1 + 2} is a valid C expression---a valid part of a C
551 program---but it is not valid as an @emph{entire} C program. In the
552 context-free grammar of C, this follows from the fact that `expression' is
553 not the start symbol.
554
555 The Bison parser reads a sequence of tokens as its input, and groups the
556 tokens using the grammar rules. If the input is valid, the end result is
557 that the entire token sequence reduces to a single grouping whose symbol is
558 the grammar's start symbol. If we use a grammar for C, the entire input
559 must be a `sequence of definitions and declarations'. If not, the parser
560 reports a syntax error.
561
562 @node Grammar in Bison
563 @section From Formal Rules to Bison Input
564 @cindex Bison grammar
565 @cindex grammar, Bison
566 @cindex formal grammar
567
568 A formal grammar is a mathematical construct. To define the language
569 for Bison, you must write a file expressing the grammar in Bison syntax:
570 a @dfn{Bison grammar} file. @xref{Grammar File, ,Bison Grammar Files}.
571
572 A nonterminal symbol in the formal grammar is represented in Bison input
573 as an identifier, like an identifier in C@. By convention, it should be
574 in lower case, such as @code{expr}, @code{stmt} or @code{declaration}.
575
576 The Bison representation for a terminal symbol is also called a @dfn{token
577 type}. Token types as well can be represented as C-like identifiers. By
578 convention, these identifiers should be upper case to distinguish them from
579 nonterminals: for example, @code{INTEGER}, @code{IDENTIFIER}, @code{IF} or
580 @code{RETURN}. A terminal symbol that stands for a particular keyword in
581 the language should be named after that keyword converted to upper case.
582 The terminal symbol @code{error} is reserved for error recovery.
583 @xref{Symbols}.
584
585 A terminal symbol can also be represented as a character literal, just like
586 a C character constant. You should do this whenever a token is just a
587 single character (parenthesis, plus-sign, etc.): use that same character in
588 a literal as the terminal symbol for that token.
589
590 A third way to represent a terminal symbol is with a C string constant
591 containing several characters. @xref{Symbols}, for more information.
592
593 The grammar rules also have an expression in Bison syntax. For example,
594 here is the Bison rule for a C @code{return} statement. The semicolon in
595 quotes is a literal character token, representing part of the C syntax for
596 the statement; the naked semicolon, and the colon, are Bison punctuation
597 used in every rule.
598
599 @example
600 stmt: RETURN expr ';'
601 ;
602 @end example
603
604 @noindent
605 @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
606
607 @node Semantic Values
608 @section Semantic Values
609 @cindex semantic value
610 @cindex value, semantic
611
612 A formal grammar selects tokens only by their classifications: for example,
613 if a rule mentions the terminal symbol `integer constant', it means that
614 @emph{any} integer constant is grammatically valid in that position. The
615 precise value of the constant is irrelevant to how to parse the input: if
616 @samp{x+4} is grammatical then @samp{x+1} or @samp{x+3989} is equally
617 grammatical.
618
619 But the precise value is very important for what the input means once it is
620 parsed. A compiler is useless if it fails to distinguish between 4, 1 and
621 3989 as constants in the program! Therefore, each token in a Bison grammar
622 has both a token type and a @dfn{semantic value}. @xref{Semantics,
623 ,Defining Language Semantics},
624 for details.
625
626 The token type is a terminal symbol defined in the grammar, such as
627 @code{INTEGER}, @code{IDENTIFIER} or @code{','}. It tells everything
628 you need to know to decide where the token may validly appear and how to
629 group it with other tokens. The grammar rules know nothing about tokens
630 except their types.
631
632 The semantic value has all the rest of the information about the
633 meaning of the token, such as the value of an integer, or the name of an
634 identifier. (A token such as @code{','} which is just punctuation doesn't
635 need to have any semantic value.)
636
637 For example, an input token might be classified as token type
638 @code{INTEGER} and have the semantic value 4. Another input token might
639 have the same token type @code{INTEGER} but value 3989. When a grammar
640 rule says that @code{INTEGER} is allowed, either of these tokens is
641 acceptable because each is an @code{INTEGER}. When the parser accepts the
642 token, it keeps track of the token's semantic value.
643
644 Each grouping can also have a semantic value as well as its nonterminal
645 symbol. For example, in a calculator, an expression typically has a
646 semantic value that is a number. In a compiler for a programming
647 language, an expression typically has a semantic value that is a tree
648 structure describing the meaning of the expression.
649
650 @node Semantic Actions
651 @section Semantic Actions
652 @cindex semantic actions
653 @cindex actions, semantic
654
655 In order to be useful, a program must do more than parse input; it must
656 also produce some output based on the input. In a Bison grammar, a grammar
657 rule can have an @dfn{action} made up of C statements. Each time the
658 parser recognizes a match for that rule, the action is executed.
659 @xref{Actions}.
660
661 Most of the time, the purpose of an action is to compute the semantic value
662 of the whole construct from the semantic values of its parts. For example,
663 suppose we have a rule which says an expression can be the sum of two
664 expressions. When the parser recognizes such a sum, each of the
665 subexpressions has a semantic value which describes how it was built up.
666 The action for this rule should create a similar sort of value for the
667 newly recognized larger expression.
668
669 For example, here is a rule that says an expression can be the sum of
670 two subexpressions:
671
672 @example
673 expr: expr '+' expr @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
674 ;
675 @end example
676
677 @noindent
678 The action says how to produce the semantic value of the sum expression
679 from the values of the two subexpressions.
680
681 @node GLR Parsers
682 @section Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers
683 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing
684 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing
685 @findex %glr-parser
686 @cindex conflicts
687 @cindex shift/reduce conflicts
688 @cindex reduce/reduce conflicts
689
690 In some grammars, Bison's standard
691 @acronym{LALR}(1) parsing algorithm cannot decide whether to apply a
692 certain grammar rule at a given point. That is, it may not be able to
693 decide (on the basis of the input read so far) which of two possible
694 reductions (applications of a grammar rule) applies, or whether to apply
695 a reduction or read more of the input and apply a reduction later in the
696 input. These are known respectively as @dfn{reduce/reduce} conflicts
697 (@pxref{Reduce/Reduce}), and @dfn{shift/reduce} conflicts
698 (@pxref{Shift/Reduce}).
699
700 To use a grammar that is not easily modified to be @acronym{LALR}(1), a
701 more general parsing algorithm is sometimes necessary. If you include
702 @code{%glr-parser} among the Bison declarations in your file
703 (@pxref{Grammar Outline}), the result is a Generalized @acronym{LR}
704 (@acronym{GLR}) parser. These parsers handle Bison grammars that
705 contain no unresolved conflicts (i.e., after applying precedence
706 declarations) identically to @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers. However, when
707 faced with unresolved shift/reduce and reduce/reduce conflicts,
708 @acronym{GLR} parsers use the simple expedient of doing both,
709 effectively cloning the parser to follow both possibilities. Each of
710 the resulting parsers can again split, so that at any given time, there
711 can be any number of possible parses being explored. The parsers
712 proceed in lockstep; that is, all of them consume (shift) a given input
713 symbol before any of them proceed to the next. Each of the cloned
714 parsers eventually meets one of two possible fates: either it runs into
715 a parsing error, in which case it simply vanishes, or it merges with
716 another parser, because the two of them have reduced the input to an
717 identical set of symbols.
718
719 During the time that there are multiple parsers, semantic actions are
720 recorded, but not performed. When a parser disappears, its recorded
721 semantic actions disappear as well, and are never performed. When a
722 reduction makes two parsers identical, causing them to merge, Bison
723 records both sets of semantic actions. Whenever the last two parsers
724 merge, reverting to the single-parser case, Bison resolves all the
725 outstanding actions either by precedences given to the grammar rules
726 involved, or by performing both actions, and then calling a designated
727 user-defined function on the resulting values to produce an arbitrary
728 merged result.
729
730 @menu
731 * Simple GLR Parsers:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers on unambiguous grammars.
732 * Merging GLR Parses:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers to resolve ambiguities.
733 * GLR Semantic Actions:: Deferred semantic actions have special concerns.
734 * Compiler Requirements:: @acronym{GLR} parsers require a modern C compiler.
735 @end menu
736
737 @node Simple GLR Parsers
738 @subsection Using @acronym{GLR} on Unambiguous Grammars
739 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing, unambiguous grammars
740 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing, unambiguous grammars
741 @findex %glr-parser
742 @findex %expect-rr
743 @cindex conflicts
744 @cindex reduce/reduce conflicts
745 @cindex shift/reduce conflicts
746
747 In the simplest cases, you can use the @acronym{GLR} algorithm
748 to parse grammars that are unambiguous, but fail to be @acronym{LALR}(1).
749 Such grammars typically require more than one symbol of lookahead,
750 or (in rare cases) fall into the category of grammars in which the
751 @acronym{LALR}(1) algorithm throws away too much information (they are in
752 @acronym{LR}(1), but not @acronym{LALR}(1), @ref{Mystery Conflicts}).
753
754 Consider a problem that
755 arises in the declaration of enumerated and subrange types in the
756 programming language Pascal. Here are some examples:
757
758 @example
759 type subrange = lo .. hi;
760 type enum = (a, b, c);
761 @end example
762
763 @noindent
764 The original language standard allows only numeric
765 literals and constant identifiers for the subrange bounds (@samp{lo}
766 and @samp{hi}), but Extended Pascal (@acronym{ISO}/@acronym{IEC}
767 10206) and many other
768 Pascal implementations allow arbitrary expressions there. This gives
769 rise to the following situation, containing a superfluous pair of
770 parentheses:
771
772 @example
773 type subrange = (a) .. b;
774 @end example
775
776 @noindent
777 Compare this to the following declaration of an enumerated
778 type with only one value:
779
780 @example
781 type enum = (a);
782 @end example
783
784 @noindent
785 (These declarations are contrived, but they are syntactically
786 valid, and more-complicated cases can come up in practical programs.)
787
788 These two declarations look identical until the @samp{..} token.
789 With normal @acronym{LALR}(1) one-token lookahead it is not
790 possible to decide between the two forms when the identifier
791 @samp{a} is parsed. It is, however, desirable
792 for a parser to decide this, since in the latter case
793 @samp{a} must become a new identifier to represent the enumeration
794 value, while in the former case @samp{a} must be evaluated with its
795 current meaning, which may be a constant or even a function call.
796
797 You could parse @samp{(a)} as an ``unspecified identifier in parentheses'',
798 to be resolved later, but this typically requires substantial
799 contortions in both semantic actions and large parts of the
800 grammar, where the parentheses are nested in the recursive rules for
801 expressions.
802
803 You might think of using the lexer to distinguish between the two
804 forms by returning different tokens for currently defined and
805 undefined identifiers. But if these declarations occur in a local
806 scope, and @samp{a} is defined in an outer scope, then both forms
807 are possible---either locally redefining @samp{a}, or using the
808 value of @samp{a} from the outer scope. So this approach cannot
809 work.
810
811 A simple solution to this problem is to declare the parser to
812 use the @acronym{GLR} algorithm.
813 When the @acronym{GLR} parser reaches the critical state, it
814 merely splits into two branches and pursues both syntax rules
815 simultaneously. Sooner or later, one of them runs into a parsing
816 error. If there is a @samp{..} token before the next
817 @samp{;}, the rule for enumerated types fails since it cannot
818 accept @samp{..} anywhere; otherwise, the subrange type rule
819 fails since it requires a @samp{..} token. So one of the branches
820 fails silently, and the other one continues normally, performing
821 all the intermediate actions that were postponed during the split.
822
823 If the input is syntactically incorrect, both branches fail and the parser
824 reports a syntax error as usual.
825
826 The effect of all this is that the parser seems to ``guess'' the
827 correct branch to take, or in other words, it seems to use more
828 lookahead than the underlying @acronym{LALR}(1) algorithm actually allows
829 for. In this example, @acronym{LALR}(2) would suffice, but also some cases
830 that are not @acronym{LALR}(@math{k}) for any @math{k} can be handled this way.
831
832 In general, a @acronym{GLR} parser can take quadratic or cubic worst-case time,
833 and the current Bison parser even takes exponential time and space
834 for some grammars. In practice, this rarely happens, and for many
835 grammars it is possible to prove that it cannot happen.
836 The present example contains only one conflict between two
837 rules, and the type-declaration context containing the conflict
838 cannot be nested. So the number of
839 branches that can exist at any time is limited by the constant 2,
840 and the parsing time is still linear.
841
842 Here is a Bison grammar corresponding to the example above. It
843 parses a vastly simplified form of Pascal type declarations.
844
845 @example
846 %token TYPE DOTDOT ID
847
848 @group
849 %left '+' '-'
850 %left '*' '/'
851 @end group
852
853 %%
854
855 @group
856 type_decl : TYPE ID '=' type ';'
857 ;
858 @end group
859
860 @group
861 type : '(' id_list ')'
862 | expr DOTDOT expr
863 ;
864 @end group
865
866 @group
867 id_list : ID
868 | id_list ',' ID
869 ;
870 @end group
871
872 @group
873 expr : '(' expr ')'
874 | expr '+' expr
875 | expr '-' expr
876 | expr '*' expr
877 | expr '/' expr
878 | ID
879 ;
880 @end group
881 @end example
882
883 When used as a normal @acronym{LALR}(1) grammar, Bison correctly complains
884 about one reduce/reduce conflict. In the conflicting situation the
885 parser chooses one of the alternatives, arbitrarily the one
886 declared first. Therefore the following correct input is not
887 recognized:
888
889 @example
890 type t = (a) .. b;
891 @end example
892
893 The parser can be turned into a @acronym{GLR} parser, while also telling Bison
894 to be silent about the one known reduce/reduce conflict, by
895 adding these two declarations to the Bison input file (before the first
896 @samp{%%}):
897
898 @example
899 %glr-parser
900 %expect-rr 1
901 @end example
902
903 @noindent
904 No change in the grammar itself is required. Now the
905 parser recognizes all valid declarations, according to the
906 limited syntax above, transparently. In fact, the user does not even
907 notice when the parser splits.
908
909 So here we have a case where we can use the benefits of @acronym{GLR},
910 almost without disadvantages. Even in simple cases like this, however,
911 there are at least two potential problems to beware. First, always
912 analyze the conflicts reported by Bison to make sure that @acronym{GLR}
913 splitting is only done where it is intended. A @acronym{GLR} parser
914 splitting inadvertently may cause problems less obvious than an
915 @acronym{LALR} parser statically choosing the wrong alternative in a
916 conflict. Second, consider interactions with the lexer (@pxref{Semantic
917 Tokens}) with great care. Since a split parser consumes tokens without
918 performing any actions during the split, the lexer cannot obtain
919 information via parser actions. Some cases of lexer interactions can be
920 eliminated by using @acronym{GLR} to shift the complications from the
921 lexer to the parser. You must check the remaining cases for
922 correctness.
923
924 In our example, it would be safe for the lexer to return tokens based on
925 their current meanings in some symbol table, because no new symbols are
926 defined in the middle of a type declaration. Though it is possible for
927 a parser to define the enumeration constants as they are parsed, before
928 the type declaration is completed, it actually makes no difference since
929 they cannot be used within the same enumerated type declaration.
930
931 @node Merging GLR Parses
932 @subsection Using @acronym{GLR} to Resolve Ambiguities
933 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing, ambiguous grammars
934 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing, ambiguous grammars
935 @findex %dprec
936 @findex %merge
937 @cindex conflicts
938 @cindex reduce/reduce conflicts
939
940 Let's consider an example, vastly simplified from a C++ grammar.
941
942 @example
943 %@{
944 #include <stdio.h>
945 #define YYSTYPE char const *
946 int yylex (void);
947 void yyerror (char const *);
948 %@}
949
950 %token TYPENAME ID
951
952 %right '='
953 %left '+'
954
955 %glr-parser
956
957 %%
958
959 prog :
960 | prog stmt @{ printf ("\n"); @}
961 ;
962
963 stmt : expr ';' %dprec 1
964 | decl %dprec 2
965 ;
966
967 expr : ID @{ printf ("%s ", $$); @}
968 | TYPENAME '(' expr ')'
969 @{ printf ("%s <cast> ", $1); @}
970 | expr '+' expr @{ printf ("+ "); @}
971 | expr '=' expr @{ printf ("= "); @}
972 ;
973
974 decl : TYPENAME declarator ';'
975 @{ printf ("%s <declare> ", $1); @}
976 | TYPENAME declarator '=' expr ';'
977 @{ printf ("%s <init-declare> ", $1); @}
978 ;
979
980 declarator : ID @{ printf ("\"%s\" ", $1); @}
981 | '(' declarator ')'
982 ;
983 @end example
984
985 @noindent
986 This models a problematic part of the C++ grammar---the ambiguity between
987 certain declarations and statements. For example,
988
989 @example
990 T (x) = y+z;
991 @end example
992
993 @noindent
994 parses as either an @code{expr} or a @code{stmt}
995 (assuming that @samp{T} is recognized as a @code{TYPENAME} and
996 @samp{x} as an @code{ID}).
997 Bison detects this as a reduce/reduce conflict between the rules
998 @code{expr : ID} and @code{declarator : ID}, which it cannot resolve at the
999 time it encounters @code{x} in the example above. Since this is a
1000 @acronym{GLR} parser, it therefore splits the problem into two parses, one for
1001 each choice of resolving the reduce/reduce conflict.
1002 Unlike the example from the previous section (@pxref{Simple GLR Parsers}),
1003 however, neither of these parses ``dies,'' because the grammar as it stands is
1004 ambiguous. One of the parsers eventually reduces @code{stmt : expr ';'} and
1005 the other reduces @code{stmt : decl}, after which both parsers are in an
1006 identical state: they've seen @samp{prog stmt} and have the same unprocessed
1007 input remaining. We say that these parses have @dfn{merged.}
1008
1009 At this point, the @acronym{GLR} parser requires a specification in the
1010 grammar of how to choose between the competing parses.
1011 In the example above, the two @code{%dprec}
1012 declarations specify that Bison is to give precedence
1013 to the parse that interprets the example as a
1014 @code{decl}, which implies that @code{x} is a declarator.
1015 The parser therefore prints
1016
1017 @example
1018 "x" y z + T <init-declare>
1019 @end example
1020
1021 The @code{%dprec} declarations only come into play when more than one
1022 parse survives. Consider a different input string for this parser:
1023
1024 @example
1025 T (x) + y;
1026 @end example
1027
1028 @noindent
1029 This is another example of using @acronym{GLR} to parse an unambiguous
1030 construct, as shown in the previous section (@pxref{Simple GLR Parsers}).
1031 Here, there is no ambiguity (this cannot be parsed as a declaration).
1032 However, at the time the Bison parser encounters @code{x}, it does not
1033 have enough information to resolve the reduce/reduce conflict (again,
1034 between @code{x} as an @code{expr} or a @code{declarator}). In this
1035 case, no precedence declaration is used. Again, the parser splits
1036 into two, one assuming that @code{x} is an @code{expr}, and the other
1037 assuming @code{x} is a @code{declarator}. The second of these parsers
1038 then vanishes when it sees @code{+}, and the parser prints
1039
1040 @example
1041 x T <cast> y +
1042 @end example
1043
1044 Suppose that instead of resolving the ambiguity, you wanted to see all
1045 the possibilities. For this purpose, you must merge the semantic
1046 actions of the two possible parsers, rather than choosing one over the
1047 other. To do so, you could change the declaration of @code{stmt} as
1048 follows:
1049
1050 @example
1051 stmt : expr ';' %merge <stmtMerge>
1052 | decl %merge <stmtMerge>
1053 ;
1054 @end example
1055
1056 @noindent
1057 and define the @code{stmtMerge} function as:
1058
1059 @example
1060 static YYSTYPE
1061 stmtMerge (YYSTYPE x0, YYSTYPE x1)
1062 @{
1063 printf ("<OR> ");
1064 return "";
1065 @}
1066 @end example
1067
1068 @noindent
1069 with an accompanying forward declaration
1070 in the C declarations at the beginning of the file:
1071
1072 @example
1073 %@{
1074 #define YYSTYPE char const *
1075 static YYSTYPE stmtMerge (YYSTYPE x0, YYSTYPE x1);
1076 %@}
1077 @end example
1078
1079 @noindent
1080 With these declarations, the resulting parser parses the first example
1081 as both an @code{expr} and a @code{decl}, and prints
1082
1083 @example
1084 "x" y z + T <init-declare> x T <cast> y z + = <OR>
1085 @end example
1086
1087 Bison requires that all of the
1088 productions that participate in any particular merge have identical
1089 @samp{%merge} clauses. Otherwise, the ambiguity would be unresolvable,
1090 and the parser will report an error during any parse that results in
1091 the offending merge.
1092
1093 @node GLR Semantic Actions
1094 @subsection GLR Semantic Actions
1095
1096 @cindex deferred semantic actions
1097 By definition, a deferred semantic action is not performed at the same time as
1098 the associated reduction.
1099 This raises caveats for several Bison features you might use in a semantic
1100 action in a @acronym{GLR} parser.
1101
1102 @vindex yychar
1103 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{yychar}
1104 @vindex yylval
1105 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{yylval}
1106 @vindex yylloc
1107 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{yylloc}
1108 In any semantic action, you can examine @code{yychar} to determine the type of
1109 the lookahead token present at the time of the associated reduction.
1110 After checking that @code{yychar} is not set to @code{YYEMPTY} or @code{YYEOF},
1111 you can then examine @code{yylval} and @code{yylloc} to determine the
1112 lookahead token's semantic value and location, if any.
1113 In a nondeferred semantic action, you can also modify any of these variables to
1114 influence syntax analysis.
1115 @xref{Lookahead, ,Lookahead Tokens}.
1116
1117 @findex yyclearin
1118 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{yyclearin}
1119 In a deferred semantic action, it's too late to influence syntax analysis.
1120 In this case, @code{yychar}, @code{yylval}, and @code{yylloc} are set to
1121 shallow copies of the values they had at the time of the associated reduction.
1122 For this reason alone, modifying them is dangerous.
1123 Moreover, the result of modifying them is undefined and subject to change with
1124 future versions of Bison.
1125 For example, if a semantic action might be deferred, you should never write it
1126 to invoke @code{yyclearin} (@pxref{Action Features}) or to attempt to free
1127 memory referenced by @code{yylval}.
1128
1129 @findex YYERROR
1130 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{YYERROR}
1131 Another Bison feature requiring special consideration is @code{YYERROR}
1132 (@pxref{Action Features}), which you can invoke in a semantic action to
1133 initiate error recovery.
1134 During deterministic @acronym{GLR} operation, the effect of @code{YYERROR} is
1135 the same as its effect in an @acronym{LALR}(1) parser.
1136 In a deferred semantic action, its effect is undefined.
1137 @c The effect is probably a syntax error at the split point.
1138
1139 Also, see @ref{Location Default Action, ,Default Action for Locations}, which
1140 describes a special usage of @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} in @acronym{GLR} parsers.
1141
1142 @node Compiler Requirements
1143 @subsection Considerations when Compiling @acronym{GLR} Parsers
1144 @cindex @code{inline}
1145 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{inline}
1146
1147 The @acronym{GLR} parsers require a compiler for @acronym{ISO} C89 or
1148 later. In addition, they use the @code{inline} keyword, which is not
1149 C89, but is C99 and is a common extension in pre-C99 compilers. It is
1150 up to the user of these parsers to handle
1151 portability issues. For instance, if using Autoconf and the Autoconf
1152 macro @code{AC_C_INLINE}, a mere
1153
1154 @example
1155 %@{
1156 #include <config.h>
1157 %@}
1158 @end example
1159
1160 @noindent
1161 will suffice. Otherwise, we suggest
1162
1163 @example
1164 %@{
1165 #if __STDC_VERSION__ < 199901 && ! defined __GNUC__ && ! defined inline
1166 #define inline
1167 #endif
1168 %@}
1169 @end example
1170
1171 @node Locations Overview
1172 @section Locations
1173 @cindex location
1174 @cindex textual location
1175 @cindex location, textual
1176
1177 Many applications, like interpreters or compilers, have to produce verbose
1178 and useful error messages. To achieve this, one must be able to keep track of
1179 the @dfn{textual location}, or @dfn{location}, of each syntactic construct.
1180 Bison provides a mechanism for handling these locations.
1181
1182 Each token has a semantic value. In a similar fashion, each token has an
1183 associated location, but the type of locations is the same for all tokens and
1184 groupings. Moreover, the output parser is equipped with a default data
1185 structure for storing locations (@pxref{Locations}, for more details).
1186
1187 Like semantic values, locations can be reached in actions using a dedicated
1188 set of constructs. In the example above, the location of the whole grouping
1189 is @code{@@$}, while the locations of the subexpressions are @code{@@1} and
1190 @code{@@3}.
1191
1192 When a rule is matched, a default action is used to compute the semantic value
1193 of its left hand side (@pxref{Actions}). In the same way, another default
1194 action is used for locations. However, the action for locations is general
1195 enough for most cases, meaning there is usually no need to describe for each
1196 rule how @code{@@$} should be formed. When building a new location for a given
1197 grouping, the default behavior of the output parser is to take the beginning
1198 of the first symbol, and the end of the last symbol.
1199
1200 @node Bison Parser
1201 @section Bison Output: the Parser File
1202 @cindex Bison parser
1203 @cindex Bison utility
1204 @cindex lexical analyzer, purpose
1205 @cindex parser
1206
1207 When you run Bison, you give it a Bison grammar file as input. The output
1208 is a C source file that parses the language described by the grammar.
1209 This file is called a @dfn{Bison parser}. Keep in mind that the Bison
1210 utility and the Bison parser are two distinct programs: the Bison utility
1211 is a program whose output is the Bison parser that becomes part of your
1212 program.
1213
1214 The job of the Bison parser is to group tokens into groupings according to
1215 the grammar rules---for example, to build identifiers and operators into
1216 expressions. As it does this, it runs the actions for the grammar rules it
1217 uses.
1218
1219 The tokens come from a function called the @dfn{lexical analyzer} that
1220 you must supply in some fashion (such as by writing it in C). The Bison
1221 parser calls the lexical analyzer each time it wants a new token. It
1222 doesn't know what is ``inside'' the tokens (though their semantic values
1223 may reflect this). Typically the lexical analyzer makes the tokens by
1224 parsing characters of text, but Bison does not depend on this.
1225 @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}.
1226
1227 The Bison parser file is C code which defines a function named
1228 @code{yyparse} which implements that grammar. This function does not make
1229 a complete C program: you must supply some additional functions. One is
1230 the lexical analyzer. Another is an error-reporting function which the
1231 parser calls to report an error. In addition, a complete C program must
1232 start with a function called @code{main}; you have to provide this, and
1233 arrange for it to call @code{yyparse} or the parser will never run.
1234 @xref{Interface, ,Parser C-Language Interface}.
1235
1236 Aside from the token type names and the symbols in the actions you
1237 write, all symbols defined in the Bison parser file itself
1238 begin with @samp{yy} or @samp{YY}. This includes interface functions
1239 such as the lexical analyzer function @code{yylex}, the error reporting
1240 function @code{yyerror} and the parser function @code{yyparse} itself.
1241 This also includes numerous identifiers used for internal purposes.
1242 Therefore, you should avoid using C identifiers starting with @samp{yy}
1243 or @samp{YY} in the Bison grammar file except for the ones defined in
1244 this manual. Also, you should avoid using the C identifiers
1245 @samp{malloc} and @samp{free} for anything other than their usual
1246 meanings.
1247
1248 In some cases the Bison parser file includes system headers, and in
1249 those cases your code should respect the identifiers reserved by those
1250 headers. On some non-@acronym{GNU} hosts, @code{<alloca.h>}, @code{<malloc.h>},
1251 @code{<stddef.h>}, and @code{<stdlib.h>} are included as needed to
1252 declare memory allocators and related types. @code{<libintl.h>} is
1253 included if message translation is in use
1254 (@pxref{Internationalization}). Other system headers may
1255 be included if you define @code{YYDEBUG} to a nonzero value
1256 (@pxref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}).
1257
1258 @node Stages
1259 @section Stages in Using Bison
1260 @cindex stages in using Bison
1261 @cindex using Bison
1262
1263 The actual language-design process using Bison, from grammar specification
1264 to a working compiler or interpreter, has these parts:
1265
1266 @enumerate
1267 @item
1268 Formally specify the grammar in a form recognized by Bison
1269 (@pxref{Grammar File, ,Bison Grammar Files}). For each grammatical rule
1270 in the language, describe the action that is to be taken when an
1271 instance of that rule is recognized. The action is described by a
1272 sequence of C statements.
1273
1274 @item
1275 Write a lexical analyzer to process input and pass tokens to the parser.
1276 The lexical analyzer may be written by hand in C (@pxref{Lexical, ,The
1277 Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}). It could also be produced
1278 using Lex, but the use of Lex is not discussed in this manual.
1279
1280 @item
1281 Write a controlling function that calls the Bison-produced parser.
1282
1283 @item
1284 Write error-reporting routines.
1285 @end enumerate
1286
1287 To turn this source code as written into a runnable program, you
1288 must follow these steps:
1289
1290 @enumerate
1291 @item
1292 Run Bison on the grammar to produce the parser.
1293
1294 @item
1295 Compile the code output by Bison, as well as any other source files.
1296
1297 @item
1298 Link the object files to produce the finished product.
1299 @end enumerate
1300
1301 @node Grammar Layout
1302 @section The Overall Layout of a Bison Grammar
1303 @cindex grammar file
1304 @cindex file format
1305 @cindex format of grammar file
1306 @cindex layout of Bison grammar
1307
1308 The input file for the Bison utility is a @dfn{Bison grammar file}. The
1309 general form of a Bison grammar file is as follows:
1310
1311 @example
1312 %@{
1313 @var{Prologue}
1314 %@}
1315
1316 @var{Bison declarations}
1317
1318 %%
1319 @var{Grammar rules}
1320 %%
1321 @var{Epilogue}
1322 @end example
1323
1324 @noindent
1325 The @samp{%%}, @samp{%@{} and @samp{%@}} are punctuation that appears
1326 in every Bison grammar file to separate the sections.
1327
1328 The prologue may define types and variables used in the actions. You can
1329 also use preprocessor commands to define macros used there, and use
1330 @code{#include} to include header files that do any of these things.
1331 You need to declare the lexical analyzer @code{yylex} and the error
1332 printer @code{yyerror} here, along with any other global identifiers
1333 used by the actions in the grammar rules.
1334
1335 The Bison declarations declare the names of the terminal and nonterminal
1336 symbols, and may also describe operator precedence and the data types of
1337 semantic values of various symbols.
1338
1339 The grammar rules define how to construct each nonterminal symbol from its
1340 parts.
1341
1342 The epilogue can contain any code you want to use. Often the
1343 definitions of functions declared in the prologue go here. In a
1344 simple program, all the rest of the program can go here.
1345
1346 @node Examples
1347 @chapter Examples
1348 @cindex simple examples
1349 @cindex examples, simple
1350
1351 Now we show and explain three sample programs written using Bison: a
1352 reverse polish notation calculator, an algebraic (infix) notation
1353 calculator, and a multi-function calculator. All three have been tested
1354 under BSD Unix 4.3; each produces a usable, though limited, interactive
1355 desk-top calculator.
1356
1357 These examples are simple, but Bison grammars for real programming
1358 languages are written the same way. You can copy these examples into a
1359 source file to try them.
1360
1361 @menu
1362 * RPN Calc:: Reverse polish notation calculator;
1363 a first example with no operator precedence.
1364 * Infix Calc:: Infix (algebraic) notation calculator.
1365 Operator precedence is introduced.
1366 * Simple Error Recovery:: Continuing after syntax errors.
1367 * Location Tracking Calc:: Demonstrating the use of @@@var{n} and @@$.
1368 * Multi-function Calc:: Calculator with memory and trig functions.
1369 It uses multiple data-types for semantic values.
1370 * Exercises:: Ideas for improving the multi-function calculator.
1371 @end menu
1372
1373 @node RPN Calc
1374 @section Reverse Polish Notation Calculator
1375 @cindex reverse polish notation
1376 @cindex polish notation calculator
1377 @cindex @code{rpcalc}
1378 @cindex calculator, simple
1379
1380 The first example is that of a simple double-precision @dfn{reverse polish
1381 notation} calculator (a calculator using postfix operators). This example
1382 provides a good starting point, since operator precedence is not an issue.
1383 The second example will illustrate how operator precedence is handled.
1384
1385 The source code for this calculator is named @file{rpcalc.y}. The
1386 @samp{.y} extension is a convention used for Bison input files.
1387
1388 @menu
1389 * Decls: Rpcalc Decls. Prologue (declarations) for rpcalc.
1390 * Rules: Rpcalc Rules. Grammar Rules for rpcalc, with explanation.
1391 * Lexer: Rpcalc Lexer. The lexical analyzer.
1392 * Main: Rpcalc Main. The controlling function.
1393 * Error: Rpcalc Error. The error reporting function.
1394 * Gen: Rpcalc Gen. Running Bison on the grammar file.
1395 * Comp: Rpcalc Compile. Run the C compiler on the output code.
1396 @end menu
1397
1398 @node Rpcalc Decls
1399 @subsection Declarations for @code{rpcalc}
1400
1401 Here are the C and Bison declarations for the reverse polish notation
1402 calculator. As in C, comments are placed between @samp{/*@dots{}*/}.
1403
1404 @example
1405 /* Reverse polish notation calculator. */
1406
1407 %@{
1408 #define YYSTYPE double
1409 #include <math.h>
1410 int yylex (void);
1411 void yyerror (char const *);
1412 %@}
1413
1414 %token NUM
1415
1416 %% /* Grammar rules and actions follow. */
1417 @end example
1418
1419 The declarations section (@pxref{Prologue, , The prologue}) contains two
1420 preprocessor directives and two forward declarations.
1421
1422 The @code{#define} directive defines the macro @code{YYSTYPE}, thus
1423 specifying the C data type for semantic values of both tokens and
1424 groupings (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}). The
1425 Bison parser will use whatever type @code{YYSTYPE} is defined as; if you
1426 don't define it, @code{int} is the default. Because we specify
1427 @code{double}, each token and each expression has an associated value,
1428 which is a floating point number.
1429
1430 The @code{#include} directive is used to declare the exponentiation
1431 function @code{pow}.
1432
1433 The forward declarations for @code{yylex} and @code{yyerror} are
1434 needed because the C language requires that functions be declared
1435 before they are used. These functions will be defined in the
1436 epilogue, but the parser calls them so they must be declared in the
1437 prologue.
1438
1439 The second section, Bison declarations, provides information to Bison
1440 about the token types (@pxref{Bison Declarations, ,The Bison
1441 Declarations Section}). Each terminal symbol that is not a
1442 single-character literal must be declared here. (Single-character
1443 literals normally don't need to be declared.) In this example, all the
1444 arithmetic operators are designated by single-character literals, so the
1445 only terminal symbol that needs to be declared is @code{NUM}, the token
1446 type for numeric constants.
1447
1448 @node Rpcalc Rules
1449 @subsection Grammar Rules for @code{rpcalc}
1450
1451 Here are the grammar rules for the reverse polish notation calculator.
1452
1453 @example
1454 input: /* empty */
1455 | input line
1456 ;
1457
1458 line: '\n'
1459 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
1460 ;
1461
1462 exp: NUM @{ $$ = $1; @}
1463 | exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @}
1464 | exp exp '-' @{ $$ = $1 - $2; @}
1465 | exp exp '*' @{ $$ = $1 * $2; @}
1466 | exp exp '/' @{ $$ = $1 / $2; @}
1467 /* Exponentiation */
1468 | exp exp '^' @{ $$ = pow ($1, $2); @}
1469 /* Unary minus */
1470 | exp 'n' @{ $$ = -$1; @}
1471 ;
1472 %%
1473 @end example
1474
1475 The groupings of the rpcalc ``language'' defined here are the expression
1476 (given the name @code{exp}), the line of input (@code{line}), and the
1477 complete input transcript (@code{input}). Each of these nonterminal
1478 symbols has several alternate rules, joined by the vertical bar @samp{|}
1479 which is read as ``or''. The following sections explain what these rules
1480 mean.
1481
1482 The semantics of the language is determined by the actions taken when a
1483 grouping is recognized. The actions are the C code that appears inside
1484 braces. @xref{Actions}.
1485
1486 You must specify these actions in C, but Bison provides the means for
1487 passing semantic values between the rules. In each action, the
1488 pseudo-variable @code{$$} stands for the semantic value for the grouping
1489 that the rule is going to construct. Assigning a value to @code{$$} is the
1490 main job of most actions. The semantic values of the components of the
1491 rule are referred to as @code{$1}, @code{$2}, and so on.
1492
1493 @menu
1494 * Rpcalc Input::
1495 * Rpcalc Line::
1496 * Rpcalc Expr::
1497 @end menu
1498
1499 @node Rpcalc Input
1500 @subsubsection Explanation of @code{input}
1501
1502 Consider the definition of @code{input}:
1503
1504 @example
1505 input: /* empty */
1506 | input line
1507 ;
1508 @end example
1509
1510 This definition reads as follows: ``A complete input is either an empty
1511 string, or a complete input followed by an input line''. Notice that
1512 ``complete input'' is defined in terms of itself. This definition is said
1513 to be @dfn{left recursive} since @code{input} appears always as the
1514 leftmost symbol in the sequence. @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive Rules}.
1515
1516 The first alternative is empty because there are no symbols between the
1517 colon and the first @samp{|}; this means that @code{input} can match an
1518 empty string of input (no tokens). We write the rules this way because it
1519 is legitimate to type @kbd{Ctrl-d} right after you start the calculator.
1520 It's conventional to put an empty alternative first and write the comment
1521 @samp{/* empty */} in it.
1522
1523 The second alternate rule (@code{input line}) handles all nontrivial input.
1524 It means, ``After reading any number of lines, read one more line if
1525 possible.'' The left recursion makes this rule into a loop. Since the
1526 first alternative matches empty input, the loop can be executed zero or
1527 more times.
1528
1529 The parser function @code{yyparse} continues to process input until a
1530 grammatical error is seen or the lexical analyzer says there are no more
1531 input tokens; we will arrange for the latter to happen at end-of-input.
1532
1533 @node Rpcalc Line
1534 @subsubsection Explanation of @code{line}
1535
1536 Now consider the definition of @code{line}:
1537
1538 @example
1539 line: '\n'
1540 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
1541 ;
1542 @end example
1543
1544 The first alternative is a token which is a newline character; this means
1545 that rpcalc accepts a blank line (and ignores it, since there is no
1546 action). The second alternative is an expression followed by a newline.
1547 This is the alternative that makes rpcalc useful. The semantic value of
1548 the @code{exp} grouping is the value of @code{$1} because the @code{exp} in
1549 question is the first symbol in the alternative. The action prints this
1550 value, which is the result of the computation the user asked for.
1551
1552 This action is unusual because it does not assign a value to @code{$$}. As
1553 a consequence, the semantic value associated with the @code{line} is
1554 uninitialized (its value will be unpredictable). This would be a bug if
1555 that value were ever used, but we don't use it: once rpcalc has printed the
1556 value of the user's input line, that value is no longer needed.
1557
1558 @node Rpcalc Expr
1559 @subsubsection Explanation of @code{expr}
1560
1561 The @code{exp} grouping has several rules, one for each kind of expression.
1562 The first rule handles the simplest expressions: those that are just numbers.
1563 The second handles an addition-expression, which looks like two expressions
1564 followed by a plus-sign. The third handles subtraction, and so on.
1565
1566 @example
1567 exp: NUM
1568 | exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @}
1569 | exp exp '-' @{ $$ = $1 - $2; @}
1570 @dots{}
1571 ;
1572 @end example
1573
1574 We have used @samp{|} to join all the rules for @code{exp}, but we could
1575 equally well have written them separately:
1576
1577 @example
1578 exp: NUM ;
1579 exp: exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @} ;
1580 exp: exp exp '-' @{ $$ = $1 - $2; @} ;
1581 @dots{}
1582 @end example
1583
1584 Most of the rules have actions that compute the value of the expression in
1585 terms of the value of its parts. For example, in the rule for addition,
1586 @code{$1} refers to the first component @code{exp} and @code{$2} refers to
1587 the second one. The third component, @code{'+'}, has no meaningful
1588 associated semantic value, but if it had one you could refer to it as
1589 @code{$3}. When @code{yyparse} recognizes a sum expression using this
1590 rule, the sum of the two subexpressions' values is produced as the value of
1591 the entire expression. @xref{Actions}.
1592
1593 You don't have to give an action for every rule. When a rule has no
1594 action, Bison by default copies the value of @code{$1} into @code{$$}.
1595 This is what happens in the first rule (the one that uses @code{NUM}).
1596
1597 The formatting shown here is the recommended convention, but Bison does
1598 not require it. You can add or change white space as much as you wish.
1599 For example, this:
1600
1601 @example
1602 exp : NUM | exp exp '+' @{$$ = $1 + $2; @} | @dots{} ;
1603 @end example
1604
1605 @noindent
1606 means the same thing as this:
1607
1608 @example
1609 exp: NUM
1610 | exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @}
1611 | @dots{}
1612 ;
1613 @end example
1614
1615 @noindent
1616 The latter, however, is much more readable.
1617
1618 @node Rpcalc Lexer
1619 @subsection The @code{rpcalc} Lexical Analyzer
1620 @cindex writing a lexical analyzer
1621 @cindex lexical analyzer, writing
1622
1623 The lexical analyzer's job is low-level parsing: converting characters
1624 or sequences of characters into tokens. The Bison parser gets its
1625 tokens by calling the lexical analyzer. @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical
1626 Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}.
1627
1628 Only a simple lexical analyzer is needed for the @acronym{RPN}
1629 calculator. This
1630 lexical analyzer skips blanks and tabs, then reads in numbers as
1631 @code{double} and returns them as @code{NUM} tokens. Any other character
1632 that isn't part of a number is a separate token. Note that the token-code
1633 for such a single-character token is the character itself.
1634
1635 The return value of the lexical analyzer function is a numeric code which
1636 represents a token type. The same text used in Bison rules to stand for
1637 this token type is also a C expression for the numeric code for the type.
1638 This works in two ways. If the token type is a character literal, then its
1639 numeric code is that of the character; you can use the same
1640 character literal in the lexical analyzer to express the number. If the
1641 token type is an identifier, that identifier is defined by Bison as a C
1642 macro whose definition is the appropriate number. In this example,
1643 therefore, @code{NUM} becomes a macro for @code{yylex} to use.
1644
1645 The semantic value of the token (if it has one) is stored into the
1646 global variable @code{yylval}, which is where the Bison parser will look
1647 for it. (The C data type of @code{yylval} is @code{YYSTYPE}, which was
1648 defined at the beginning of the grammar; @pxref{Rpcalc Decls,
1649 ,Declarations for @code{rpcalc}}.)
1650
1651 A token type code of zero is returned if the end-of-input is encountered.
1652 (Bison recognizes any nonpositive value as indicating end-of-input.)
1653
1654 Here is the code for the lexical analyzer:
1655
1656 @example
1657 @group
1658 /* The lexical analyzer returns a double floating point
1659 number on the stack and the token NUM, or the numeric code
1660 of the character read if not a number. It skips all blanks
1661 and tabs, and returns 0 for end-of-input. */
1662
1663 #include <ctype.h>
1664 @end group
1665
1666 @group
1667 int
1668 yylex (void)
1669 @{
1670 int c;
1671
1672 /* Skip white space. */
1673 while ((c = getchar ()) == ' ' || c == '\t')
1674 ;
1675 @end group
1676 @group
1677 /* Process numbers. */
1678 if (c == '.' || isdigit (c))
1679 @{
1680 ungetc (c, stdin);
1681 scanf ("%lf", &yylval);
1682 return NUM;
1683 @}
1684 @end group
1685 @group
1686 /* Return end-of-input. */
1687 if (c == EOF)
1688 return 0;
1689 /* Return a single char. */
1690 return c;
1691 @}
1692 @end group
1693 @end example
1694
1695 @node Rpcalc Main
1696 @subsection The Controlling Function
1697 @cindex controlling function
1698 @cindex main function in simple example
1699
1700 In keeping with the spirit of this example, the controlling function is
1701 kept to the bare minimum. The only requirement is that it call
1702 @code{yyparse} to start the process of parsing.
1703
1704 @example
1705 @group
1706 int
1707 main (void)
1708 @{
1709 return yyparse ();
1710 @}
1711 @end group
1712 @end example
1713
1714 @node Rpcalc Error
1715 @subsection The Error Reporting Routine
1716 @cindex error reporting routine
1717
1718 When @code{yyparse} detects a syntax error, it calls the error reporting
1719 function @code{yyerror} to print an error message (usually but not
1720 always @code{"syntax error"}). It is up to the programmer to supply
1721 @code{yyerror} (@pxref{Interface, ,Parser C-Language Interface}), so
1722 here is the definition we will use:
1723
1724 @example
1725 @group
1726 #include <stdio.h>
1727
1728 /* Called by yyparse on error. */
1729 void
1730 yyerror (char const *s)
1731 @{
1732 fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", s);
1733 @}
1734 @end group
1735 @end example
1736
1737 After @code{yyerror} returns, the Bison parser may recover from the error
1738 and continue parsing if the grammar contains a suitable error rule
1739 (@pxref{Error Recovery}). Otherwise, @code{yyparse} returns nonzero. We
1740 have not written any error rules in this example, so any invalid input will
1741 cause the calculator program to exit. This is not clean behavior for a
1742 real calculator, but it is adequate for the first example.
1743
1744 @node Rpcalc Gen
1745 @subsection Running Bison to Make the Parser
1746 @cindex running Bison (introduction)
1747
1748 Before running Bison to produce a parser, we need to decide how to
1749 arrange all the source code in one or more source files. For such a
1750 simple example, the easiest thing is to put everything in one file. The
1751 definitions of @code{yylex}, @code{yyerror} and @code{main} go at the
1752 end, in the epilogue of the file
1753 (@pxref{Grammar Layout, ,The Overall Layout of a Bison Grammar}).
1754
1755 For a large project, you would probably have several source files, and use
1756 @code{make} to arrange to recompile them.
1757
1758 With all the source in a single file, you use the following command to
1759 convert it into a parser file:
1760
1761 @example
1762 bison @var{file}.y
1763 @end example
1764
1765 @noindent
1766 In this example the file was called @file{rpcalc.y} (for ``Reverse Polish
1767 @sc{calc}ulator''). Bison produces a file named @file{@var{file}.tab.c},
1768 removing the @samp{.y} from the original file name. The file output by
1769 Bison contains the source code for @code{yyparse}. The additional
1770 functions in the input file (@code{yylex}, @code{yyerror} and @code{main})
1771 are copied verbatim to the output.
1772
1773 @node Rpcalc Compile
1774 @subsection Compiling the Parser File
1775 @cindex compiling the parser
1776
1777 Here is how to compile and run the parser file:
1778
1779 @example
1780 @group
1781 # @r{List files in current directory.}
1782 $ @kbd{ls}
1783 rpcalc.tab.c rpcalc.y
1784 @end group
1785
1786 @group
1787 # @r{Compile the Bison parser.}
1788 # @r{@samp{-lm} tells compiler to search math library for @code{pow}.}
1789 $ @kbd{cc -lm -o rpcalc rpcalc.tab.c}
1790 @end group
1791
1792 @group
1793 # @r{List files again.}
1794 $ @kbd{ls}
1795 rpcalc rpcalc.tab.c rpcalc.y
1796 @end group
1797 @end example
1798
1799 The file @file{rpcalc} now contains the executable code. Here is an
1800 example session using @code{rpcalc}.
1801
1802 @example
1803 $ @kbd{rpcalc}
1804 @kbd{4 9 +}
1805 13
1806 @kbd{3 7 + 3 4 5 *+-}
1807 -13
1808 @kbd{3 7 + 3 4 5 * + - n} @r{Note the unary minus, @samp{n}}
1809 13
1810 @kbd{5 6 / 4 n +}
1811 -3.166666667
1812 @kbd{3 4 ^} @r{Exponentiation}
1813 81
1814 @kbd{^D} @r{End-of-file indicator}
1815 $
1816 @end example
1817
1818 @node Infix Calc
1819 @section Infix Notation Calculator: @code{calc}
1820 @cindex infix notation calculator
1821 @cindex @code{calc}
1822 @cindex calculator, infix notation
1823
1824 We now modify rpcalc to handle infix operators instead of postfix. Infix
1825 notation involves the concept of operator precedence and the need for
1826 parentheses nested to arbitrary depth. Here is the Bison code for
1827 @file{calc.y}, an infix desk-top calculator.
1828
1829 @example
1830 /* Infix notation calculator. */
1831
1832 %@{
1833 #define YYSTYPE double
1834 #include <math.h>
1835 #include <stdio.h>
1836 int yylex (void);
1837 void yyerror (char const *);
1838 %@}
1839
1840 /* Bison declarations. */
1841 %token NUM
1842 %left '-' '+'
1843 %left '*' '/'
1844 %left NEG /* negation--unary minus */
1845 %right '^' /* exponentiation */
1846
1847 %% /* The grammar follows. */
1848 input: /* empty */
1849 | input line
1850 ;
1851
1852 line: '\n'
1853 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
1854 ;
1855
1856 exp: NUM @{ $$ = $1; @}
1857 | exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
1858 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
1859 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
1860 | exp '/' exp @{ $$ = $1 / $3; @}
1861 | '-' exp %prec NEG @{ $$ = -$2; @}
1862 | exp '^' exp @{ $$ = pow ($1, $3); @}
1863 | '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = $2; @}
1864 ;
1865 %%
1866 @end example
1867
1868 @noindent
1869 The functions @code{yylex}, @code{yyerror} and @code{main} can be the
1870 same as before.
1871
1872 There are two important new features shown in this code.
1873
1874 In the second section (Bison declarations), @code{%left} declares token
1875 types and says they are left-associative operators. The declarations
1876 @code{%left} and @code{%right} (right associativity) take the place of
1877 @code{%token} which is used to declare a token type name without
1878 associativity. (These tokens are single-character literals, which
1879 ordinarily don't need to be declared. We declare them here to specify
1880 the associativity.)
1881
1882 Operator precedence is determined by the line ordering of the
1883 declarations; the higher the line number of the declaration (lower on
1884 the page or screen), the higher the precedence. Hence, exponentiation
1885 has the highest precedence, unary minus (@code{NEG}) is next, followed
1886 by @samp{*} and @samp{/}, and so on. @xref{Precedence, ,Operator
1887 Precedence}.
1888
1889 The other important new feature is the @code{%prec} in the grammar
1890 section for the unary minus operator. The @code{%prec} simply instructs
1891 Bison that the rule @samp{| '-' exp} has the same precedence as
1892 @code{NEG}---in this case the next-to-highest. @xref{Contextual
1893 Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}.
1894
1895 Here is a sample run of @file{calc.y}:
1896
1897 @need 500
1898 @example
1899 $ @kbd{calc}
1900 @kbd{4 + 4.5 - (34/(8*3+-3))}
1901 6.880952381
1902 @kbd{-56 + 2}
1903 -54
1904 @kbd{3 ^ 2}
1905 9
1906 @end example
1907
1908 @node Simple Error Recovery
1909 @section Simple Error Recovery
1910 @cindex error recovery, simple
1911
1912 Up to this point, this manual has not addressed the issue of @dfn{error
1913 recovery}---how to continue parsing after the parser detects a syntax
1914 error. All we have handled is error reporting with @code{yyerror}.
1915 Recall that by default @code{yyparse} returns after calling
1916 @code{yyerror}. This means that an erroneous input line causes the
1917 calculator program to exit. Now we show how to rectify this deficiency.
1918
1919 The Bison language itself includes the reserved word @code{error}, which
1920 may be included in the grammar rules. In the example below it has
1921 been added to one of the alternatives for @code{line}:
1922
1923 @example
1924 @group
1925 line: '\n'
1926 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
1927 | error '\n' @{ yyerrok; @}
1928 ;
1929 @end group
1930 @end example
1931
1932 This addition to the grammar allows for simple error recovery in the
1933 event of a syntax error. If an expression that cannot be evaluated is
1934 read, the error will be recognized by the third rule for @code{line},
1935 and parsing will continue. (The @code{yyerror} function is still called
1936 upon to print its message as well.) The action executes the statement
1937 @code{yyerrok}, a macro defined automatically by Bison; its meaning is
1938 that error recovery is complete (@pxref{Error Recovery}). Note the
1939 difference between @code{yyerrok} and @code{yyerror}; neither one is a
1940 misprint.
1941
1942 This form of error recovery deals with syntax errors. There are other
1943 kinds of errors; for example, division by zero, which raises an exception
1944 signal that is normally fatal. A real calculator program must handle this
1945 signal and use @code{longjmp} to return to @code{main} and resume parsing
1946 input lines; it would also have to discard the rest of the current line of
1947 input. We won't discuss this issue further because it is not specific to
1948 Bison programs.
1949
1950 @node Location Tracking Calc
1951 @section Location Tracking Calculator: @code{ltcalc}
1952 @cindex location tracking calculator
1953 @cindex @code{ltcalc}
1954 @cindex calculator, location tracking
1955
1956 This example extends the infix notation calculator with location
1957 tracking. This feature will be used to improve the error messages. For
1958 the sake of clarity, this example is a simple integer calculator, since
1959 most of the work needed to use locations will be done in the lexical
1960 analyzer.
1961
1962 @menu
1963 * Decls: Ltcalc Decls. Bison and C declarations for ltcalc.
1964 * Rules: Ltcalc Rules. Grammar rules for ltcalc, with explanations.
1965 * Lexer: Ltcalc Lexer. The lexical analyzer.
1966 @end menu
1967
1968 @node Ltcalc Decls
1969 @subsection Declarations for @code{ltcalc}
1970
1971 The C and Bison declarations for the location tracking calculator are
1972 the same as the declarations for the infix notation calculator.
1973
1974 @example
1975 /* Location tracking calculator. */
1976
1977 %@{
1978 #define YYSTYPE int
1979 #include <math.h>
1980 int yylex (void);
1981 void yyerror (char const *);
1982 %@}
1983
1984 /* Bison declarations. */
1985 %token NUM
1986
1987 %left '-' '+'
1988 %left '*' '/'
1989 %left NEG
1990 %right '^'
1991
1992 %% /* The grammar follows. */
1993 @end example
1994
1995 @noindent
1996 Note there are no declarations specific to locations. Defining a data
1997 type for storing locations is not needed: we will use the type provided
1998 by default (@pxref{Location Type, ,Data Types of Locations}), which is a
1999 four member structure with the following integer fields:
2000 @code{first_line}, @code{first_column}, @code{last_line} and
2001 @code{last_column}. By conventions, and in accordance with the GNU
2002 Coding Standards and common practice, the line and column count both
2003 start at 1.
2004
2005 @node Ltcalc Rules
2006 @subsection Grammar Rules for @code{ltcalc}
2007
2008 Whether handling locations or not has no effect on the syntax of your
2009 language. Therefore, grammar rules for this example will be very close
2010 to those of the previous example: we will only modify them to benefit
2011 from the new information.
2012
2013 Here, we will use locations to report divisions by zero, and locate the
2014 wrong expressions or subexpressions.
2015
2016 @example
2017 @group
2018 input : /* empty */
2019 | input line
2020 ;
2021 @end group
2022
2023 @group
2024 line : '\n'
2025 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("%d\n", $1); @}
2026 ;
2027 @end group
2028
2029 @group
2030 exp : NUM @{ $$ = $1; @}
2031 | exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
2032 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
2033 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
2034 @end group
2035 @group
2036 | exp '/' exp
2037 @{
2038 if ($3)
2039 $$ = $1 / $3;
2040 else
2041 @{
2042 $$ = 1;
2043 fprintf (stderr, "%d.%d-%d.%d: division by zero",
2044 @@3.first_line, @@3.first_column,
2045 @@3.last_line, @@3.last_column);
2046 @}
2047 @}
2048 @end group
2049 @group
2050 | '-' exp %preg NEG @{ $$ = -$2; @}
2051 | exp '^' exp @{ $$ = pow ($1, $3); @}
2052 | '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = $2; @}
2053 @end group
2054 @end example
2055
2056 This code shows how to reach locations inside of semantic actions, by
2057 using the pseudo-variables @code{@@@var{n}} for rule components, and the
2058 pseudo-variable @code{@@$} for groupings.
2059
2060 We don't need to assign a value to @code{@@$}: the output parser does it
2061 automatically. By default, before executing the C code of each action,
2062 @code{@@$} is set to range from the beginning of @code{@@1} to the end
2063 of @code{@@@var{n}}, for a rule with @var{n} components. This behavior
2064 can be redefined (@pxref{Location Default Action, , Default Action for
2065 Locations}), and for very specific rules, @code{@@$} can be computed by
2066 hand.
2067
2068 @node Ltcalc Lexer
2069 @subsection The @code{ltcalc} Lexical Analyzer.
2070
2071 Until now, we relied on Bison's defaults to enable location
2072 tracking. The next step is to rewrite the lexical analyzer, and make it
2073 able to feed the parser with the token locations, as it already does for
2074 semantic values.
2075
2076 To this end, we must take into account every single character of the
2077 input text, to avoid the computed locations of being fuzzy or wrong:
2078
2079 @example
2080 @group
2081 int
2082 yylex (void)
2083 @{
2084 int c;
2085 @end group
2086
2087 @group
2088 /* Skip white space. */
2089 while ((c = getchar ()) == ' ' || c == '\t')
2090 ++yylloc.last_column;
2091 @end group
2092
2093 @group
2094 /* Step. */
2095 yylloc.first_line = yylloc.last_line;
2096 yylloc.first_column = yylloc.last_column;
2097 @end group
2098
2099 @group
2100 /* Process numbers. */
2101 if (isdigit (c))
2102 @{
2103 yylval = c - '0';
2104 ++yylloc.last_column;
2105 while (isdigit (c = getchar ()))
2106 @{
2107 ++yylloc.last_column;
2108 yylval = yylval * 10 + c - '0';
2109 @}
2110 ungetc (c, stdin);
2111 return NUM;
2112 @}
2113 @end group
2114
2115 /* Return end-of-input. */
2116 if (c == EOF)
2117 return 0;
2118
2119 /* Return a single char, and update location. */
2120 if (c == '\n')
2121 @{
2122 ++yylloc.last_line;
2123 yylloc.last_column = 0;
2124 @}
2125 else
2126 ++yylloc.last_column;
2127 return c;
2128 @}
2129 @end example
2130
2131 Basically, the lexical analyzer performs the same processing as before:
2132 it skips blanks and tabs, and reads numbers or single-character tokens.
2133 In addition, it updates @code{yylloc}, the global variable (of type
2134 @code{YYLTYPE}) containing the token's location.
2135
2136 Now, each time this function returns a token, the parser has its number
2137 as well as its semantic value, and its location in the text. The last
2138 needed change is to initialize @code{yylloc}, for example in the
2139 controlling function:
2140
2141 @example
2142 @group
2143 int
2144 main (void)
2145 @{
2146 yylloc.first_line = yylloc.last_line = 1;
2147 yylloc.first_column = yylloc.last_column = 0;
2148 return yyparse ();
2149 @}
2150 @end group
2151 @end example
2152
2153 Remember that computing locations is not a matter of syntax. Every
2154 character must be associated to a location update, whether it is in
2155 valid input, in comments, in literal strings, and so on.
2156
2157 @node Multi-function Calc
2158 @section Multi-Function Calculator: @code{mfcalc}
2159 @cindex multi-function calculator
2160 @cindex @code{mfcalc}
2161 @cindex calculator, multi-function
2162
2163 Now that the basics of Bison have been discussed, it is time to move on to
2164 a more advanced problem. The above calculators provided only five
2165 functions, @samp{+}, @samp{-}, @samp{*}, @samp{/} and @samp{^}. It would
2166 be nice to have a calculator that provides other mathematical functions such
2167 as @code{sin}, @code{cos}, etc.
2168
2169 It is easy to add new operators to the infix calculator as long as they are
2170 only single-character literals. The lexical analyzer @code{yylex} passes
2171 back all nonnumeric characters as tokens, so new grammar rules suffice for
2172 adding a new operator. But we want something more flexible: built-in
2173 functions whose syntax has this form:
2174
2175 @example
2176 @var{function_name} (@var{argument})
2177 @end example
2178
2179 @noindent
2180 At the same time, we will add memory to the calculator, by allowing you
2181 to create named variables, store values in them, and use them later.
2182 Here is a sample session with the multi-function calculator:
2183
2184 @example
2185 $ @kbd{mfcalc}
2186 @kbd{pi = 3.141592653589}
2187 3.1415926536
2188 @kbd{sin(pi)}
2189 0.0000000000
2190 @kbd{alpha = beta1 = 2.3}
2191 2.3000000000
2192 @kbd{alpha}
2193 2.3000000000
2194 @kbd{ln(alpha)}
2195 0.8329091229
2196 @kbd{exp(ln(beta1))}
2197 2.3000000000
2198 $
2199 @end example
2200
2201 Note that multiple assignment and nested function calls are permitted.
2202
2203 @menu
2204 * Decl: Mfcalc Decl. Bison declarations for multi-function calculator.
2205 * Rules: Mfcalc Rules. Grammar rules for the calculator.
2206 * Symtab: Mfcalc Symtab. Symbol table management subroutines.
2207 @end menu
2208
2209 @node Mfcalc Decl
2210 @subsection Declarations for @code{mfcalc}
2211
2212 Here are the C and Bison declarations for the multi-function calculator.
2213
2214 @smallexample
2215 @group
2216 %@{
2217 #include <math.h> /* For math functions, cos(), sin(), etc. */
2218 #include "calc.h" /* Contains definition of `symrec'. */
2219 int yylex (void);
2220 void yyerror (char const *);
2221 %@}
2222 @end group
2223 @group
2224 %union @{
2225 double val; /* For returning numbers. */
2226 symrec *tptr; /* For returning symbol-table pointers. */
2227 @}
2228 @end group
2229 %token <val> NUM /* Simple double precision number. */
2230 %token <tptr> VAR FNCT /* Variable and Function. */
2231 %type <val> exp
2232
2233 @group
2234 %right '='
2235 %left '-' '+'
2236 %left '*' '/'
2237 %left NEG /* negation--unary minus */
2238 %right '^' /* exponentiation */
2239 @end group
2240 %% /* The grammar follows. */
2241 @end smallexample
2242
2243 The above grammar introduces only two new features of the Bison language.
2244 These features allow semantic values to have various data types
2245 (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More Than One Value Type}).
2246
2247 The @code{%union} declaration specifies the entire list of possible types;
2248 this is instead of defining @code{YYSTYPE}. The allowable types are now
2249 double-floats (for @code{exp} and @code{NUM}) and pointers to entries in
2250 the symbol table. @xref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}.
2251
2252 Since values can now have various types, it is necessary to associate a
2253 type with each grammar symbol whose semantic value is used. These symbols
2254 are @code{NUM}, @code{VAR}, @code{FNCT}, and @code{exp}. Their
2255 declarations are augmented with information about their data type (placed
2256 between angle brackets).
2257
2258 The Bison construct @code{%type} is used for declaring nonterminal
2259 symbols, just as @code{%token} is used for declaring token types. We
2260 have not used @code{%type} before because nonterminal symbols are
2261 normally declared implicitly by the rules that define them. But
2262 @code{exp} must be declared explicitly so we can specify its value type.
2263 @xref{Type Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}.
2264
2265 @node Mfcalc Rules
2266 @subsection Grammar Rules for @code{mfcalc}
2267
2268 Here are the grammar rules for the multi-function calculator.
2269 Most of them are copied directly from @code{calc}; three rules,
2270 those which mention @code{VAR} or @code{FNCT}, are new.
2271
2272 @smallexample
2273 @group
2274 input: /* empty */
2275 | input line
2276 ;
2277 @end group
2278
2279 @group
2280 line:
2281 '\n'
2282 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
2283 | error '\n' @{ yyerrok; @}
2284 ;
2285 @end group
2286
2287 @group
2288 exp: NUM @{ $$ = $1; @}
2289 | VAR @{ $$ = $1->value.var; @}
2290 | VAR '=' exp @{ $$ = $3; $1->value.var = $3; @}
2291 | FNCT '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = (*($1->value.fnctptr))($3); @}
2292 | exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
2293 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
2294 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
2295 | exp '/' exp @{ $$ = $1 / $3; @}
2296 | '-' exp %prec NEG @{ $$ = -$2; @}
2297 | exp '^' exp @{ $$ = pow ($1, $3); @}
2298 | '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = $2; @}
2299 ;
2300 @end group
2301 /* End of grammar. */
2302 %%
2303 @end smallexample
2304
2305 @node Mfcalc Symtab
2306 @subsection The @code{mfcalc} Symbol Table
2307 @cindex symbol table example
2308
2309 The multi-function calculator requires a symbol table to keep track of the
2310 names and meanings of variables and functions. This doesn't affect the
2311 grammar rules (except for the actions) or the Bison declarations, but it
2312 requires some additional C functions for support.
2313
2314 The symbol table itself consists of a linked list of records. Its
2315 definition, which is kept in the header @file{calc.h}, is as follows. It
2316 provides for either functions or variables to be placed in the table.
2317
2318 @smallexample
2319 @group
2320 /* Function type. */
2321 typedef double (*func_t) (double);
2322 @end group
2323
2324 @group
2325 /* Data type for links in the chain of symbols. */
2326 struct symrec
2327 @{
2328 char *name; /* name of symbol */
2329 int type; /* type of symbol: either VAR or FNCT */
2330 union
2331 @{
2332 double var; /* value of a VAR */
2333 func_t fnctptr; /* value of a FNCT */
2334 @} value;
2335 struct symrec *next; /* link field */
2336 @};
2337 @end group
2338
2339 @group
2340 typedef struct symrec symrec;
2341
2342 /* The symbol table: a chain of `struct symrec'. */
2343 extern symrec *sym_table;
2344
2345 symrec *putsym (char const *, int);
2346 symrec *getsym (char const *);
2347 @end group
2348 @end smallexample
2349
2350 The new version of @code{main} includes a call to @code{init_table}, a
2351 function that initializes the symbol table. Here it is, and
2352 @code{init_table} as well:
2353
2354 @smallexample
2355 #include <stdio.h>
2356
2357 @group
2358 /* Called by yyparse on error. */
2359 void
2360 yyerror (char const *s)
2361 @{
2362 printf ("%s\n", s);
2363 @}
2364 @end group
2365
2366 @group
2367 struct init
2368 @{
2369 char const *fname;
2370 double (*fnct) (double);
2371 @};
2372 @end group
2373
2374 @group
2375 struct init const arith_fncts[] =
2376 @{
2377 "sin", sin,
2378 "cos", cos,
2379 "atan", atan,
2380 "ln", log,
2381 "exp", exp,
2382 "sqrt", sqrt,
2383 0, 0
2384 @};
2385 @end group
2386
2387 @group
2388 /* The symbol table: a chain of `struct symrec'. */
2389 symrec *sym_table;
2390 @end group
2391
2392 @group
2393 /* Put arithmetic functions in table. */
2394 void
2395 init_table (void)
2396 @{
2397 int i;
2398 symrec *ptr;
2399 for (i = 0; arith_fncts[i].fname != 0; i++)
2400 @{
2401 ptr = putsym (arith_fncts[i].fname, FNCT);
2402 ptr->value.fnctptr = arith_fncts[i].fnct;
2403 @}
2404 @}
2405 @end group
2406
2407 @group
2408 int
2409 main (void)
2410 @{
2411 init_table ();
2412 return yyparse ();
2413 @}
2414 @end group
2415 @end smallexample
2416
2417 By simply editing the initialization list and adding the necessary include
2418 files, you can add additional functions to the calculator.
2419
2420 Two important functions allow look-up and installation of symbols in the
2421 symbol table. The function @code{putsym} is passed a name and the type
2422 (@code{VAR} or @code{FNCT}) of the object to be installed. The object is
2423 linked to the front of the list, and a pointer to the object is returned.
2424 The function @code{getsym} is passed the name of the symbol to look up. If
2425 found, a pointer to that symbol is returned; otherwise zero is returned.
2426
2427 @smallexample
2428 symrec *
2429 putsym (char const *sym_name, int sym_type)
2430 @{
2431 symrec *ptr;
2432 ptr = (symrec *) malloc (sizeof (symrec));
2433 ptr->name = (char *) malloc (strlen (sym_name) + 1);
2434 strcpy (ptr->name,sym_name);
2435 ptr->type = sym_type;
2436 ptr->value.var = 0; /* Set value to 0 even if fctn. */
2437 ptr->next = (struct symrec *)sym_table;
2438 sym_table = ptr;
2439 return ptr;
2440 @}
2441
2442 symrec *
2443 getsym (char const *sym_name)
2444 @{
2445 symrec *ptr;
2446 for (ptr = sym_table; ptr != (symrec *) 0;
2447 ptr = (symrec *)ptr->next)
2448 if (strcmp (ptr->name,sym_name) == 0)
2449 return ptr;
2450 return 0;
2451 @}
2452 @end smallexample
2453
2454 The function @code{yylex} must now recognize variables, numeric values, and
2455 the single-character arithmetic operators. Strings of alphanumeric
2456 characters with a leading letter are recognized as either variables or
2457 functions depending on what the symbol table says about them.
2458
2459 The string is passed to @code{getsym} for look up in the symbol table. If
2460 the name appears in the table, a pointer to its location and its type
2461 (@code{VAR} or @code{FNCT}) is returned to @code{yyparse}. If it is not
2462 already in the table, then it is installed as a @code{VAR} using
2463 @code{putsym}. Again, a pointer and its type (which must be @code{VAR}) is
2464 returned to @code{yyparse}.
2465
2466 No change is needed in the handling of numeric values and arithmetic
2467 operators in @code{yylex}.
2468
2469 @smallexample
2470 @group
2471 #include <ctype.h>
2472 @end group
2473
2474 @group
2475 int
2476 yylex (void)
2477 @{
2478 int c;
2479
2480 /* Ignore white space, get first nonwhite character. */
2481 while ((c = getchar ()) == ' ' || c == '\t');
2482
2483 if (c == EOF)
2484 return 0;
2485 @end group
2486
2487 @group
2488 /* Char starts a number => parse the number. */
2489 if (c == '.' || isdigit (c))
2490 @{
2491 ungetc (c, stdin);
2492 scanf ("%lf", &yylval.val);
2493 return NUM;
2494 @}
2495 @end group
2496
2497 @group
2498 /* Char starts an identifier => read the name. */
2499 if (isalpha (c))
2500 @{
2501 symrec *s;
2502 static char *symbuf = 0;
2503 static int length = 0;
2504 int i;
2505 @end group
2506
2507 @group
2508 /* Initially make the buffer long enough
2509 for a 40-character symbol name. */
2510 if (length == 0)
2511 length = 40, symbuf = (char *)malloc (length + 1);
2512
2513 i = 0;
2514 do
2515 @end group
2516 @group
2517 @{
2518 /* If buffer is full, make it bigger. */
2519 if (i == length)
2520 @{
2521 length *= 2;
2522 symbuf = (char *) realloc (symbuf, length + 1);
2523 @}
2524 /* Add this character to the buffer. */
2525 symbuf[i++] = c;
2526 /* Get another character. */
2527 c = getchar ();
2528 @}
2529 @end group
2530 @group
2531 while (isalnum (c));
2532
2533 ungetc (c, stdin);
2534 symbuf[i] = '\0';
2535 @end group
2536
2537 @group
2538 s = getsym (symbuf);
2539 if (s == 0)
2540 s = putsym (symbuf, VAR);
2541 yylval.tptr = s;
2542 return s->type;
2543 @}
2544
2545 /* Any other character is a token by itself. */
2546 return c;
2547 @}
2548 @end group
2549 @end smallexample
2550
2551 This program is both powerful and flexible. You may easily add new
2552 functions, and it is a simple job to modify this code to install
2553 predefined variables such as @code{pi} or @code{e} as well.
2554
2555 @node Exercises
2556 @section Exercises
2557 @cindex exercises
2558
2559 @enumerate
2560 @item
2561 Add some new functions from @file{math.h} to the initialization list.
2562
2563 @item
2564 Add another array that contains constants and their values. Then
2565 modify @code{init_table} to add these constants to the symbol table.
2566 It will be easiest to give the constants type @code{VAR}.
2567
2568 @item
2569 Make the program report an error if the user refers to an
2570 uninitialized variable in any way except to store a value in it.
2571 @end enumerate
2572
2573 @node Grammar File
2574 @chapter Bison Grammar Files
2575
2576 Bison takes as input a context-free grammar specification and produces a
2577 C-language function that recognizes correct instances of the grammar.
2578
2579 The Bison grammar input file conventionally has a name ending in @samp{.y}.
2580 @xref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}.
2581
2582 @menu
2583 * Grammar Outline:: Overall layout of the grammar file.
2584 * Symbols:: Terminal and nonterminal symbols.
2585 * Rules:: How to write grammar rules.
2586 * Recursion:: Writing recursive rules.
2587 * Semantics:: Semantic values and actions.
2588 * Locations:: Locations and actions.
2589 * Declarations:: All kinds of Bison declarations are described here.
2590 * Multiple Parsers:: Putting more than one Bison parser in one program.
2591 @end menu
2592
2593 @node Grammar Outline
2594 @section Outline of a Bison Grammar
2595
2596 A Bison grammar file has four main sections, shown here with the
2597 appropriate delimiters:
2598
2599 @example
2600 %@{
2601 @var{Prologue}
2602 %@}
2603
2604 @var{Bison declarations}
2605
2606 %%
2607 @var{Grammar rules}
2608 %%
2609
2610 @var{Epilogue}
2611 @end example
2612
2613 Comments enclosed in @samp{/* @dots{} */} may appear in any of the sections.
2614 As a @acronym{GNU} extension, @samp{//} introduces a comment that
2615 continues until end of line.
2616
2617 @menu
2618 * Prologue:: Syntax and usage of the prologue.
2619 * Bison Declarations:: Syntax and usage of the Bison declarations section.
2620 * Grammar Rules:: Syntax and usage of the grammar rules section.
2621 * Epilogue:: Syntax and usage of the epilogue.
2622 @end menu
2623
2624 @node Prologue
2625 @subsection The prologue
2626 @cindex declarations section
2627 @cindex Prologue
2628 @cindex declarations
2629
2630 The @var{Prologue} section contains macro definitions and declarations
2631 of functions and variables that are used in the actions in the grammar
2632 rules. These are copied to the beginning of the parser file so that
2633 they precede the definition of @code{yyparse}. You can use
2634 @samp{#include} to get the declarations from a header file. If you
2635 don't need any C declarations, you may omit the @samp{%@{} and
2636 @samp{%@}} delimiters that bracket this section.
2637
2638 The @var{Prologue} section is terminated by the first occurrence
2639 of @samp{%@}} that is outside a comment, a string literal, or a
2640 character constant.
2641
2642 You may have more than one @var{Prologue} section, intermixed with the
2643 @var{Bison declarations}. This allows you to have C and Bison
2644 declarations that refer to each other. For example, the @code{%union}
2645 declaration may use types defined in a header file, and you may wish to
2646 prototype functions that take arguments of type @code{YYSTYPE}. This
2647 can be done with two @var{Prologue} blocks, one before and one after the
2648 @code{%union} declaration.
2649
2650 @smallexample
2651 %@{
2652 #define _GNU_SOURCE
2653 #include <stdio.h>
2654 #include "ptypes.h"
2655 %@}
2656
2657 %union @{
2658 long int n;
2659 tree t; /* @r{@code{tree} is defined in @file{ptypes.h}.} */
2660 @}
2661
2662 %@{
2663 static void print_token_value (FILE *, int, YYSTYPE);
2664 #define YYPRINT(F, N, L) print_token_value (F, N, L)
2665 %@}
2666
2667 @dots{}
2668 @end smallexample
2669
2670 When in doubt, it is usually safer to put prologue code before all
2671 Bison declarations, rather than after. For example, any definitions
2672 of feature test macros like @code{_GNU_SOURCE} or
2673 @code{_POSIX_C_SOURCE} should appear before all Bison declarations, as
2674 feature test macros can affect the behavior of Bison-generated
2675 @code{#include} directives.
2676
2677 @findex %requires
2678 @findex %code
2679 If you've instructed Bison to generate a header file (@pxref{Table of Symbols,
2680 ,%defines}), you probably want @code{#include "ptypes.h"} to appear
2681 in that header file as well.
2682 In that case, use @code{%requires}, @code{%provides}, and
2683 @code{%code} instead of @var{Prologue} sections
2684 (@pxref{Table of Symbols, ,%requires}):
2685
2686 @smallexample
2687 %requires @{
2688 #include "ptypes.h"
2689 @}
2690 %union @{
2691 long int n;
2692 tree t; /* @r{@code{tree} is defined in @file{ptypes.h}.} */
2693 @}
2694
2695 %code @{
2696 #include <stdio.h>
2697
2698 static void print_token_value (FILE *, int, YYSTYPE);
2699 #define YYPRINT(F, N, L) print_token_value (F, N, L)
2700 @}
2701
2702 @dots{}
2703 @end smallexample
2704
2705 @node Bison Declarations
2706 @subsection The Bison Declarations Section
2707 @cindex Bison declarations (introduction)
2708 @cindex declarations, Bison (introduction)
2709
2710 The @var{Bison declarations} section contains declarations that define
2711 terminal and nonterminal symbols, specify precedence, and so on.
2712 In some simple grammars you may not need any declarations.
2713 @xref{Declarations, ,Bison Declarations}.
2714
2715 @node Grammar Rules
2716 @subsection The Grammar Rules Section
2717 @cindex grammar rules section
2718 @cindex rules section for grammar
2719
2720 The @dfn{grammar rules} section contains one or more Bison grammar
2721 rules, and nothing else. @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
2722
2723 There must always be at least one grammar rule, and the first
2724 @samp{%%} (which precedes the grammar rules) may never be omitted even
2725 if it is the first thing in the file.
2726
2727 @node Epilogue
2728 @subsection The epilogue
2729 @cindex additional C code section
2730 @cindex epilogue
2731 @cindex C code, section for additional
2732
2733 The @var{Epilogue} is copied verbatim to the end of the parser file, just as
2734 the @var{Prologue} is copied to the beginning. This is the most convenient
2735 place to put anything that you want to have in the parser file but which need
2736 not come before the definition of @code{yyparse}. For example, the
2737 definitions of @code{yylex} and @code{yyerror} often go here. Because
2738 C requires functions to be declared before being used, you often need
2739 to declare functions like @code{yylex} and @code{yyerror} in the Prologue,
2740 even if you define them in the Epilogue.
2741 @xref{Interface, ,Parser C-Language Interface}.
2742
2743 If the last section is empty, you may omit the @samp{%%} that separates it
2744 from the grammar rules.
2745
2746 The Bison parser itself contains many macros and identifiers whose names
2747 start with @samp{yy} or @samp{YY}, so it is a good idea to avoid using
2748 any such names (except those documented in this manual) in the epilogue
2749 of the grammar file.
2750
2751 @node Symbols
2752 @section Symbols, Terminal and Nonterminal
2753 @cindex nonterminal symbol
2754 @cindex terminal symbol
2755 @cindex token type
2756 @cindex symbol
2757
2758 @dfn{Symbols} in Bison grammars represent the grammatical classifications
2759 of the language.
2760
2761 A @dfn{terminal symbol} (also known as a @dfn{token type}) represents a
2762 class of syntactically equivalent tokens. You use the symbol in grammar
2763 rules to mean that a token in that class is allowed. The symbol is
2764 represented in the Bison parser by a numeric code, and the @code{yylex}
2765 function returns a token type code to indicate what kind of token has
2766 been read. You don't need to know what the code value is; you can use
2767 the symbol to stand for it.
2768
2769 A @dfn{nonterminal symbol} stands for a class of syntactically
2770 equivalent groupings. The symbol name is used in writing grammar rules.
2771 By convention, it should be all lower case.
2772
2773 Symbol names can contain letters, digits (not at the beginning),
2774 underscores and periods. Periods make sense only in nonterminals.
2775
2776 There are three ways of writing terminal symbols in the grammar:
2777
2778 @itemize @bullet
2779 @item
2780 A @dfn{named token type} is written with an identifier, like an
2781 identifier in C@. By convention, it should be all upper case. Each
2782 such name must be defined with a Bison declaration such as
2783 @code{%token}. @xref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names}.
2784
2785 @item
2786 @cindex character token
2787 @cindex literal token
2788 @cindex single-character literal
2789 A @dfn{character token type} (or @dfn{literal character token}) is
2790 written in the grammar using the same syntax used in C for character
2791 constants; for example, @code{'+'} is a character token type. A
2792 character token type doesn't need to be declared unless you need to
2793 specify its semantic value data type (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of
2794 Semantic Values}), associativity, or precedence (@pxref{Precedence,
2795 ,Operator Precedence}).
2796
2797 By convention, a character token type is used only to represent a
2798 token that consists of that particular character. Thus, the token
2799 type @code{'+'} is used to represent the character @samp{+} as a
2800 token. Nothing enforces this convention, but if you depart from it,
2801 your program will confuse other readers.
2802
2803 All the usual escape sequences used in character literals in C can be
2804 used in Bison as well, but you must not use the null character as a
2805 character literal because its numeric code, zero, signifies
2806 end-of-input (@pxref{Calling Convention, ,Calling Convention
2807 for @code{yylex}}). Also, unlike standard C, trigraphs have no
2808 special meaning in Bison character literals, nor is backslash-newline
2809 allowed.
2810
2811 @item
2812 @cindex string token
2813 @cindex literal string token
2814 @cindex multicharacter literal
2815 A @dfn{literal string token} is written like a C string constant; for
2816 example, @code{"<="} is a literal string token. A literal string token
2817 doesn't need to be declared unless you need to specify its semantic
2818 value data type (@pxref{Value Type}), associativity, or precedence
2819 (@pxref{Precedence}).
2820
2821 You can associate the literal string token with a symbolic name as an
2822 alias, using the @code{%token} declaration (@pxref{Token Decl, ,Token
2823 Declarations}). If you don't do that, the lexical analyzer has to
2824 retrieve the token number for the literal string token from the
2825 @code{yytname} table (@pxref{Calling Convention}).
2826
2827 @strong{Warning}: literal string tokens do not work in Yacc.
2828
2829 By convention, a literal string token is used only to represent a token
2830 that consists of that particular string. Thus, you should use the token
2831 type @code{"<="} to represent the string @samp{<=} as a token. Bison
2832 does not enforce this convention, but if you depart from it, people who
2833 read your program will be confused.
2834
2835 All the escape sequences used in string literals in C can be used in
2836 Bison as well, except that you must not use a null character within a
2837 string literal. Also, unlike Standard C, trigraphs have no special
2838 meaning in Bison string literals, nor is backslash-newline allowed. A
2839 literal string token must contain two or more characters; for a token
2840 containing just one character, use a character token (see above).
2841 @end itemize
2842
2843 How you choose to write a terminal symbol has no effect on its
2844 grammatical meaning. That depends only on where it appears in rules and
2845 on when the parser function returns that symbol.
2846
2847 The value returned by @code{yylex} is always one of the terminal
2848 symbols, except that a zero or negative value signifies end-of-input.
2849 Whichever way you write the token type in the grammar rules, you write
2850 it the same way in the definition of @code{yylex}. The numeric code
2851 for a character token type is simply the positive numeric code of the
2852 character, so @code{yylex} can use the identical value to generate the
2853 requisite code, though you may need to convert it to @code{unsigned
2854 char} to avoid sign-extension on hosts where @code{char} is signed.
2855 Each named token type becomes a C macro in
2856 the parser file, so @code{yylex} can use the name to stand for the code.
2857 (This is why periods don't make sense in terminal symbols.)
2858 @xref{Calling Convention, ,Calling Convention for @code{yylex}}.
2859
2860 If @code{yylex} is defined in a separate file, you need to arrange for the
2861 token-type macro definitions to be available there. Use the @samp{-d}
2862 option when you run Bison, so that it will write these macro definitions
2863 into a separate header file @file{@var{name}.tab.h} which you can include
2864 in the other source files that need it. @xref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}.
2865
2866 If you want to write a grammar that is portable to any Standard C
2867 host, you must use only nonnull character tokens taken from the basic
2868 execution character set of Standard C@. This set consists of the ten
2869 digits, the 52 lower- and upper-case English letters, and the
2870 characters in the following C-language string:
2871
2872 @example
2873 "\a\b\t\n\v\f\r !\"#%&'()*+,-./:;<=>?[\\]^_@{|@}~"
2874 @end example
2875
2876 The @code{yylex} function and Bison must use a consistent character set
2877 and encoding for character tokens. For example, if you run Bison in an
2878 @acronym{ASCII} environment, but then compile and run the resulting
2879 program in an environment that uses an incompatible character set like
2880 @acronym{EBCDIC}, the resulting program may not work because the tables
2881 generated by Bison will assume @acronym{ASCII} numeric values for
2882 character tokens. It is standard practice for software distributions to
2883 contain C source files that were generated by Bison in an
2884 @acronym{ASCII} environment, so installers on platforms that are
2885 incompatible with @acronym{ASCII} must rebuild those files before
2886 compiling them.
2887
2888 The symbol @code{error} is a terminal symbol reserved for error recovery
2889 (@pxref{Error Recovery}); you shouldn't use it for any other purpose.
2890 In particular, @code{yylex} should never return this value. The default
2891 value of the error token is 256, unless you explicitly assigned 256 to
2892 one of your tokens with a @code{%token} declaration.
2893
2894 @node Rules
2895 @section Syntax of Grammar Rules
2896 @cindex rule syntax
2897 @cindex grammar rule syntax
2898 @cindex syntax of grammar rules
2899
2900 A Bison grammar rule has the following general form:
2901
2902 @example
2903 @group
2904 @var{result}: @var{components}@dots{}
2905 ;
2906 @end group
2907 @end example
2908
2909 @noindent
2910 where @var{result} is the nonterminal symbol that this rule describes,
2911 and @var{components} are various terminal and nonterminal symbols that
2912 are put together by this rule (@pxref{Symbols}).
2913
2914 For example,
2915
2916 @example
2917 @group
2918 exp: exp '+' exp
2919 ;
2920 @end group
2921 @end example
2922
2923 @noindent
2924 says that two groupings of type @code{exp}, with a @samp{+} token in between,
2925 can be combined into a larger grouping of type @code{exp}.
2926
2927 White space in rules is significant only to separate symbols. You can add
2928 extra white space as you wish.
2929
2930 Scattered among the components can be @var{actions} that determine
2931 the semantics of the rule. An action looks like this:
2932
2933 @example
2934 @{@var{C statements}@}
2935 @end example
2936
2937 @noindent
2938 @cindex braced code
2939 This is an example of @dfn{braced code}, that is, C code surrounded by
2940 braces, much like a compound statement in C@. Braced code can contain
2941 any sequence of C tokens, so long as its braces are balanced. Bison
2942 does not check the braced code for correctness directly; it merely
2943 copies the code to the output file, where the C compiler can check it.
2944
2945 Within braced code, the balanced-brace count is not affected by braces
2946 within comments, string literals, or character constants, but it is
2947 affected by the C digraphs @samp{<%} and @samp{%>} that represent
2948 braces. At the top level braced code must be terminated by @samp{@}}
2949 and not by a digraph. Bison does not look for trigraphs, so if braced
2950 code uses trigraphs you should ensure that they do not affect the
2951 nesting of braces or the boundaries of comments, string literals, or
2952 character constants.
2953
2954 Usually there is only one action and it follows the components.
2955 @xref{Actions}.
2956
2957 @findex |
2958 Multiple rules for the same @var{result} can be written separately or can
2959 be joined with the vertical-bar character @samp{|} as follows:
2960
2961 @example
2962 @group
2963 @var{result}: @var{rule1-components}@dots{}
2964 | @var{rule2-components}@dots{}
2965 @dots{}
2966 ;
2967 @end group
2968 @end example
2969
2970 @noindent
2971 They are still considered distinct rules even when joined in this way.
2972
2973 If @var{components} in a rule is empty, it means that @var{result} can
2974 match the empty string. For example, here is how to define a
2975 comma-separated sequence of zero or more @code{exp} groupings:
2976
2977 @example
2978 @group
2979 expseq: /* empty */
2980 | expseq1
2981 ;
2982 @end group
2983
2984 @group
2985 expseq1: exp
2986 | expseq1 ',' exp
2987 ;
2988 @end group
2989 @end example
2990
2991 @noindent
2992 It is customary to write a comment @samp{/* empty */} in each rule
2993 with no components.
2994
2995 @node Recursion
2996 @section Recursive Rules
2997 @cindex recursive rule
2998
2999 A rule is called @dfn{recursive} when its @var{result} nonterminal
3000 appears also on its right hand side. Nearly all Bison grammars need to
3001 use recursion, because that is the only way to define a sequence of any
3002 number of a particular thing. Consider this recursive definition of a
3003 comma-separated sequence of one or more expressions:
3004
3005 @example
3006 @group
3007 expseq1: exp
3008 | expseq1 ',' exp
3009 ;
3010 @end group
3011 @end example
3012
3013 @cindex left recursion
3014 @cindex right recursion
3015 @noindent
3016 Since the recursive use of @code{expseq1} is the leftmost symbol in the
3017 right hand side, we call this @dfn{left recursion}. By contrast, here
3018 the same construct is defined using @dfn{right recursion}:
3019
3020 @example
3021 @group
3022 expseq1: exp
3023 | exp ',' expseq1
3024 ;
3025 @end group
3026 @end example
3027
3028 @noindent
3029 Any kind of sequence can be defined using either left recursion or right
3030 recursion, but you should always use left recursion, because it can
3031 parse a sequence of any number of elements with bounded stack space.
3032 Right recursion uses up space on the Bison stack in proportion to the
3033 number of elements in the sequence, because all the elements must be
3034 shifted onto the stack before the rule can be applied even once.
3035 @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}, for further explanation
3036 of this.
3037
3038 @cindex mutual recursion
3039 @dfn{Indirect} or @dfn{mutual} recursion occurs when the result of the
3040 rule does not appear directly on its right hand side, but does appear
3041 in rules for other nonterminals which do appear on its right hand
3042 side.
3043
3044 For example:
3045
3046 @example
3047 @group
3048 expr: primary
3049 | primary '+' primary
3050 ;
3051 @end group
3052
3053 @group
3054 primary: constant
3055 | '(' expr ')'
3056 ;
3057 @end group
3058 @end example
3059
3060 @noindent
3061 defines two mutually-recursive nonterminals, since each refers to the
3062 other.
3063
3064 @node Semantics
3065 @section Defining Language Semantics
3066 @cindex defining language semantics
3067 @cindex language semantics, defining
3068
3069 The grammar rules for a language determine only the syntax. The semantics
3070 are determined by the semantic values associated with various tokens and
3071 groupings, and by the actions taken when various groupings are recognized.
3072
3073 For example, the calculator calculates properly because the value
3074 associated with each expression is the proper number; it adds properly
3075 because the action for the grouping @w{@samp{@var{x} + @var{y}}} is to add
3076 the numbers associated with @var{x} and @var{y}.
3077
3078 @menu
3079 * Value Type:: Specifying one data type for all semantic values.
3080 * Multiple Types:: Specifying several alternative data types.
3081 * Actions:: An action is the semantic definition of a grammar rule.
3082 * Action Types:: Specifying data types for actions to operate on.
3083 * Mid-Rule Actions:: Most actions go at the end of a rule.
3084 This says when, why and how to use the exceptional
3085 action in the middle of a rule.
3086 @end menu
3087
3088 @node Value Type
3089 @subsection Data Types of Semantic Values
3090 @cindex semantic value type
3091 @cindex value type, semantic
3092 @cindex data types of semantic values
3093 @cindex default data type
3094
3095 In a simple program it may be sufficient to use the same data type for
3096 the semantic values of all language constructs. This was true in the
3097 @acronym{RPN} and infix calculator examples (@pxref{RPN Calc, ,Reverse Polish
3098 Notation Calculator}).
3099
3100 Bison normally uses the type @code{int} for semantic values if your
3101 program uses the same data type for all language constructs. To
3102 specify some other type, define @code{YYSTYPE} as a macro, like this:
3103
3104 @example
3105 #define YYSTYPE double
3106 @end example
3107
3108 @noindent
3109 @code{YYSTYPE}'s replacement list should be a type name
3110 that does not contain parentheses or square brackets.
3111 This macro definition must go in the prologue of the grammar file
3112 (@pxref{Grammar Outline, ,Outline of a Bison Grammar}).
3113
3114 @node Multiple Types
3115 @subsection More Than One Value Type
3116
3117 In most programs, you will need different data types for different kinds
3118 of tokens and groupings. For example, a numeric constant may need type
3119 @code{int} or @code{long int}, while a string constant needs type
3120 @code{char *}, and an identifier might need a pointer to an entry in the
3121 symbol table.
3122
3123 To use more than one data type for semantic values in one parser, Bison
3124 requires you to do two things:
3125
3126 @itemize @bullet
3127 @item
3128 Specify the entire collection of possible data types, either by using the
3129 @code{%union} Bison declaration (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of
3130 Value Types}), or by using a @code{typedef} or a @code{#define} to
3131 define @code{YYSTYPE} to be a union type whose member names are
3132 the type tags.
3133
3134 @item
3135 Choose one of those types for each symbol (terminal or nonterminal) for
3136 which semantic values are used. This is done for tokens with the
3137 @code{%token} Bison declaration (@pxref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names})
3138 and for groupings with the @code{%type} Bison declaration (@pxref{Type
3139 Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}).
3140 @end itemize
3141
3142 @node Actions
3143 @subsection Actions
3144 @cindex action
3145 @vindex $$
3146 @vindex $@var{n}
3147
3148 An action accompanies a syntactic rule and contains C code to be executed
3149 each time an instance of that rule is recognized. The task of most actions
3150 is to compute a semantic value for the grouping built by the rule from the
3151 semantic values associated with tokens or smaller groupings.
3152
3153 An action consists of braced code containing C statements, and can be
3154 placed at any position in the rule;
3155 it is executed at that position. Most rules have just one action at the
3156 end of the rule, following all the components. Actions in the middle of
3157 a rule are tricky and used only for special purposes (@pxref{Mid-Rule
3158 Actions, ,Actions in Mid-Rule}).
3159
3160 The C code in an action can refer to the semantic values of the components
3161 matched by the rule with the construct @code{$@var{n}}, which stands for
3162 the value of the @var{n}th component. The semantic value for the grouping
3163 being constructed is @code{$$}. Bison translates both of these
3164 constructs into expressions of the appropriate type when it copies the
3165 actions into the parser file. @code{$$} is translated to a modifiable
3166 lvalue, so it can be assigned to.
3167
3168 Here is a typical example:
3169
3170 @example
3171 @group
3172 exp: @dots{}
3173 | exp '+' exp
3174 @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
3175 @end group
3176 @end example
3177
3178 @noindent
3179 This rule constructs an @code{exp} from two smaller @code{exp} groupings
3180 connected by a plus-sign token. In the action, @code{$1} and @code{$3}
3181 refer to the semantic values of the two component @code{exp} groupings,
3182 which are the first and third symbols on the right hand side of the rule.
3183 The sum is stored into @code{$$} so that it becomes the semantic value of
3184 the addition-expression just recognized by the rule. If there were a
3185 useful semantic value associated with the @samp{+} token, it could be
3186 referred to as @code{$2}.
3187
3188 Note that the vertical-bar character @samp{|} is really a rule
3189 separator, and actions are attached to a single rule. This is a
3190 difference with tools like Flex, for which @samp{|} stands for either
3191 ``or'', or ``the same action as that of the next rule''. In the
3192 following example, the action is triggered only when @samp{b} is found:
3193
3194 @example
3195 @group
3196 a-or-b: 'a'|'b' @{ a_or_b_found = 1; @};
3197 @end group
3198 @end example
3199
3200 @cindex default action
3201 If you don't specify an action for a rule, Bison supplies a default:
3202 @w{@code{$$ = $1}.} Thus, the value of the first symbol in the rule
3203 becomes the value of the whole rule. Of course, the default action is
3204 valid only if the two data types match. There is no meaningful default
3205 action for an empty rule; every empty rule must have an explicit action
3206 unless the rule's value does not matter.
3207
3208 @code{$@var{n}} with @var{n} zero or negative is allowed for reference
3209 to tokens and groupings on the stack @emph{before} those that match the
3210 current rule. This is a very risky practice, and to use it reliably
3211 you must be certain of the context in which the rule is applied. Here
3212 is a case in which you can use this reliably:
3213
3214 @example
3215 @group
3216 foo: expr bar '+' expr @{ @dots{} @}
3217 | expr bar '-' expr @{ @dots{} @}
3218 ;
3219 @end group
3220
3221 @group
3222 bar: /* empty */
3223 @{ previous_expr = $0; @}
3224 ;
3225 @end group
3226 @end example
3227
3228 As long as @code{bar} is used only in the fashion shown here, @code{$0}
3229 always refers to the @code{expr} which precedes @code{bar} in the
3230 definition of @code{foo}.
3231
3232 @vindex yylval
3233 It is also possible to access the semantic value of the lookahead token, if
3234 any, from a semantic action.
3235 This semantic value is stored in @code{yylval}.
3236 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
3237
3238 @node Action Types
3239 @subsection Data Types of Values in Actions
3240 @cindex action data types
3241 @cindex data types in actions
3242
3243 If you have chosen a single data type for semantic values, the @code{$$}
3244 and @code{$@var{n}} constructs always have that data type.
3245
3246 If you have used @code{%union} to specify a variety of data types, then you
3247 must declare a choice among these types for each terminal or nonterminal
3248 symbol that can have a semantic value. Then each time you use @code{$$} or
3249 @code{$@var{n}}, its data type is determined by which symbol it refers to
3250 in the rule. In this example,
3251
3252 @example
3253 @group
3254 exp: @dots{}
3255 | exp '+' exp
3256 @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
3257 @end group
3258 @end example
3259
3260 @noindent
3261 @code{$1} and @code{$3} refer to instances of @code{exp}, so they all
3262 have the data type declared for the nonterminal symbol @code{exp}. If
3263 @code{$2} were used, it would have the data type declared for the
3264 terminal symbol @code{'+'}, whatever that might be.
3265
3266 Alternatively, you can specify the data type when you refer to the value,
3267 by inserting @samp{<@var{type}>} after the @samp{$} at the beginning of the
3268 reference. For example, if you have defined types as shown here:
3269
3270 @example
3271 @group
3272 %union @{
3273 int itype;
3274 double dtype;
3275 @}
3276 @end group
3277 @end example
3278
3279 @noindent
3280 then you can write @code{$<itype>1} to refer to the first subunit of the
3281 rule as an integer, or @code{$<dtype>1} to refer to it as a double.
3282
3283 @node Mid-Rule Actions
3284 @subsection Actions in Mid-Rule
3285 @cindex actions in mid-rule
3286 @cindex mid-rule actions
3287
3288 Occasionally it is useful to put an action in the middle of a rule.
3289 These actions are written just like usual end-of-rule actions, but they
3290 are executed before the parser even recognizes the following components.
3291
3292 A mid-rule action may refer to the components preceding it using
3293 @code{$@var{n}}, but it may not refer to subsequent components because
3294 it is run before they are parsed.
3295
3296 The mid-rule action itself counts as one of the components of the rule.
3297 This makes a difference when there is another action later in the same rule
3298 (and usually there is another at the end): you have to count the actions
3299 along with the symbols when working out which number @var{n} to use in
3300 @code{$@var{n}}.
3301
3302 The mid-rule action can also have a semantic value. The action can set
3303 its value with an assignment to @code{$$}, and actions later in the rule
3304 can refer to the value using @code{$@var{n}}. Since there is no symbol
3305 to name the action, there is no way to declare a data type for the value
3306 in advance, so you must use the @samp{$<@dots{}>@var{n}} construct to
3307 specify a data type each time you refer to this value.
3308
3309 There is no way to set the value of the entire rule with a mid-rule
3310 action, because assignments to @code{$$} do not have that effect. The
3311 only way to set the value for the entire rule is with an ordinary action
3312 at the end of the rule.
3313
3314 Here is an example from a hypothetical compiler, handling a @code{let}
3315 statement that looks like @samp{let (@var{variable}) @var{statement}} and
3316 serves to create a variable named @var{variable} temporarily for the
3317 duration of @var{statement}. To parse this construct, we must put
3318 @var{variable} into the symbol table while @var{statement} is parsed, then
3319 remove it afterward. Here is how it is done:
3320
3321 @example
3322 @group
3323 stmt: LET '(' var ')'
3324 @{ $<context>$ = push_context ();
3325 declare_variable ($3); @}
3326 stmt @{ $$ = $6;
3327 pop_context ($<context>5); @}
3328 @end group
3329 @end example
3330
3331 @noindent
3332 As soon as @samp{let (@var{variable})} has been recognized, the first
3333 action is run. It saves a copy of the current semantic context (the
3334 list of accessible variables) as its semantic value, using alternative
3335 @code{context} in the data-type union. Then it calls
3336 @code{declare_variable} to add the new variable to that list. Once the
3337 first action is finished, the embedded statement @code{stmt} can be
3338 parsed. Note that the mid-rule action is component number 5, so the
3339 @samp{stmt} is component number 6.
3340
3341 After the embedded statement is parsed, its semantic value becomes the
3342 value of the entire @code{let}-statement. Then the semantic value from the
3343 earlier action is used to restore the prior list of variables. This
3344 removes the temporary @code{let}-variable from the list so that it won't
3345 appear to exist while the rest of the program is parsed.
3346
3347 @findex %destructor
3348 @cindex discarded symbols, mid-rule actions
3349 @cindex error recovery, mid-rule actions
3350 In the above example, if the parser initiates error recovery (@pxref{Error
3351 Recovery}) while parsing the tokens in the embedded statement @code{stmt},
3352 it might discard the previous semantic context @code{$<context>5} without
3353 restoring it.
3354 Thus, @code{$<context>5} needs a destructor (@pxref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing
3355 Discarded Symbols}).
3356 However, Bison currently provides no means to declare a destructor specific to
3357 a particular mid-rule action's semantic value.
3358
3359 One solution is to bury the mid-rule action inside a nonterminal symbol and to
3360 declare a destructor for that symbol:
3361
3362 @example
3363 @group
3364 %type <context> let
3365 %destructor @{ pop_context ($$); @} let
3366
3367 %%
3368
3369 stmt: let stmt
3370 @{ $$ = $2;
3371 pop_context ($1); @}
3372 ;
3373
3374 let: LET '(' var ')'
3375 @{ $$ = push_context ();
3376 declare_variable ($3); @}
3377 ;
3378
3379 @end group
3380 @end example
3381
3382 @noindent
3383 Note that the action is now at the end of its rule.
3384 Any mid-rule action can be converted to an end-of-rule action in this way, and
3385 this is what Bison actually does to implement mid-rule actions.
3386
3387 Taking action before a rule is completely recognized often leads to
3388 conflicts since the parser must commit to a parse in order to execute the
3389 action. For example, the following two rules, without mid-rule actions,
3390 can coexist in a working parser because the parser can shift the open-brace
3391 token and look at what follows before deciding whether there is a
3392 declaration or not:
3393
3394 @example
3395 @group
3396 compound: '@{' declarations statements '@}'
3397 | '@{' statements '@}'
3398 ;
3399 @end group
3400 @end example
3401
3402 @noindent
3403 But when we add a mid-rule action as follows, the rules become nonfunctional:
3404
3405 @example
3406 @group
3407 compound: @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3408 '@{' declarations statements '@}'
3409 @end group
3410 @group
3411 | '@{' statements '@}'
3412 ;
3413 @end group
3414 @end example
3415
3416 @noindent
3417 Now the parser is forced to decide whether to run the mid-rule action
3418 when it has read no farther than the open-brace. In other words, it
3419 must commit to using one rule or the other, without sufficient
3420 information to do it correctly. (The open-brace token is what is called
3421 the @dfn{lookahead} token at this time, since the parser is still
3422 deciding what to do about it. @xref{Lookahead, ,Lookahead Tokens}.)
3423
3424 You might think that you could correct the problem by putting identical
3425 actions into the two rules, like this:
3426
3427 @example
3428 @group
3429 compound: @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3430 '@{' declarations statements '@}'
3431 | @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3432 '@{' statements '@}'
3433 ;
3434 @end group
3435 @end example
3436
3437 @noindent
3438 But this does not help, because Bison does not realize that the two actions
3439 are identical. (Bison never tries to understand the C code in an action.)
3440
3441 If the grammar is such that a declaration can be distinguished from a
3442 statement by the first token (which is true in C), then one solution which
3443 does work is to put the action after the open-brace, like this:
3444
3445 @example
3446 @group
3447 compound: '@{' @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3448 declarations statements '@}'
3449 | '@{' statements '@}'
3450 ;
3451 @end group
3452 @end example
3453
3454 @noindent
3455 Now the first token of the following declaration or statement,
3456 which would in any case tell Bison which rule to use, can still do so.
3457
3458 Another solution is to bury the action inside a nonterminal symbol which
3459 serves as a subroutine:
3460
3461 @example
3462 @group
3463 subroutine: /* empty */
3464 @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3465 ;
3466
3467 @end group
3468
3469 @group
3470 compound: subroutine
3471 '@{' declarations statements '@}'
3472 | subroutine
3473 '@{' statements '@}'
3474 ;
3475 @end group
3476 @end example
3477
3478 @noindent
3479 Now Bison can execute the action in the rule for @code{subroutine} without
3480 deciding which rule for @code{compound} it will eventually use.
3481
3482 @node Locations
3483 @section Tracking Locations
3484 @cindex location
3485 @cindex textual location
3486 @cindex location, textual
3487
3488 Though grammar rules and semantic actions are enough to write a fully
3489 functional parser, it can be useful to process some additional information,
3490 especially symbol locations.
3491
3492 The way locations are handled is defined by providing a data type, and
3493 actions to take when rules are matched.
3494
3495 @menu
3496 * Location Type:: Specifying a data type for locations.
3497 * Actions and Locations:: Using locations in actions.
3498 * Location Default Action:: Defining a general way to compute locations.
3499 @end menu
3500
3501 @node Location Type
3502 @subsection Data Type of Locations
3503 @cindex data type of locations
3504 @cindex default location type
3505
3506 Defining a data type for locations is much simpler than for semantic values,
3507 since all tokens and groupings always use the same type.
3508
3509 You can specify the type of locations by defining a macro called
3510 @code{YYLTYPE}, just as you can specify the semantic value type by
3511 defining a @code{YYSTYPE} macro (@pxref{Value Type}).
3512 When @code{YYLTYPE} is not defined, Bison uses a default structure type with
3513 four members:
3514
3515 @example
3516 typedef struct YYLTYPE
3517 @{
3518 int first_line;
3519 int first_column;
3520 int last_line;
3521 int last_column;
3522 @} YYLTYPE;
3523 @end example
3524
3525 At the beginning of the parsing, Bison initializes all these fields to 1
3526 for @code{yylloc}.
3527
3528 @node Actions and Locations
3529 @subsection Actions and Locations
3530 @cindex location actions
3531 @cindex actions, location
3532 @vindex @@$
3533 @vindex @@@var{n}
3534
3535 Actions are not only useful for defining language semantics, but also for
3536 describing the behavior of the output parser with locations.
3537
3538 The most obvious way for building locations of syntactic groupings is very
3539 similar to the way semantic values are computed. In a given rule, several
3540 constructs can be used to access the locations of the elements being matched.
3541 The location of the @var{n}th component of the right hand side is
3542 @code{@@@var{n}}, while the location of the left hand side grouping is
3543 @code{@@$}.
3544
3545 Here is a basic example using the default data type for locations:
3546
3547 @example
3548 @group
3549 exp: @dots{}
3550 | exp '/' exp
3551 @{
3552 @@$.first_column = @@1.first_column;
3553 @@$.first_line = @@1.first_line;
3554 @@$.last_column = @@3.last_column;
3555 @@$.last_line = @@3.last_line;
3556 if ($3)
3557 $$ = $1 / $3;
3558 else
3559 @{
3560 $$ = 1;
3561 fprintf (stderr,
3562 "Division by zero, l%d,c%d-l%d,c%d",
3563 @@3.first_line, @@3.first_column,
3564 @@3.last_line, @@3.last_column);
3565 @}
3566 @}
3567 @end group
3568 @end example
3569
3570 As for semantic values, there is a default action for locations that is
3571 run each time a rule is matched. It sets the beginning of @code{@@$} to the
3572 beginning of the first symbol, and the end of @code{@@$} to the end of the
3573 last symbol.
3574
3575 With this default action, the location tracking can be fully automatic. The
3576 example above simply rewrites this way:
3577
3578 @example
3579 @group
3580 exp: @dots{}
3581 | exp '/' exp
3582 @{
3583 if ($3)
3584 $$ = $1 / $3;
3585 else
3586 @{
3587 $$ = 1;
3588 fprintf (stderr,
3589 "Division by zero, l%d,c%d-l%d,c%d",
3590 @@3.first_line, @@3.first_column,
3591 @@3.last_line, @@3.last_column);
3592 @}
3593 @}
3594 @end group
3595 @end example
3596
3597 @vindex yylloc
3598 It is also possible to access the location of the lookahead token, if any,
3599 from a semantic action.
3600 This location is stored in @code{yylloc}.
3601 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
3602
3603 @node Location Default Action
3604 @subsection Default Action for Locations
3605 @vindex YYLLOC_DEFAULT
3606 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT}
3607
3608 Actually, actions are not the best place to compute locations. Since
3609 locations are much more general than semantic values, there is room in
3610 the output parser to redefine the default action to take for each
3611 rule. The @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} macro is invoked each time a rule is
3612 matched, before the associated action is run. It is also invoked
3613 while processing a syntax error, to compute the error's location.
3614 Before reporting an unresolvable syntactic ambiguity, a @acronym{GLR}
3615 parser invokes @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} recursively to compute the location
3616 of that ambiguity.
3617
3618 Most of the time, this macro is general enough to suppress location
3619 dedicated code from semantic actions.
3620
3621 The @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} macro takes three parameters. The first one is
3622 the location of the grouping (the result of the computation). When a
3623 rule is matched, the second parameter identifies locations of
3624 all right hand side elements of the rule being matched, and the third
3625 parameter is the size of the rule's right hand side.
3626 When a @acronym{GLR} parser reports an ambiguity, which of multiple candidate
3627 right hand sides it passes to @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} is undefined.
3628 When processing a syntax error, the second parameter identifies locations
3629 of the symbols that were discarded during error processing, and the third
3630 parameter is the number of discarded symbols.
3631
3632 By default, @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} is defined this way:
3633
3634 @smallexample
3635 @group
3636 # define YYLLOC_DEFAULT(Current, Rhs, N) \
3637 do \
3638 if (N) \
3639 @{ \
3640 (Current).first_line = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 1).first_line; \
3641 (Current).first_column = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 1).first_column; \
3642 (Current).last_line = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, N).last_line; \
3643 (Current).last_column = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, N).last_column; \
3644 @} \
3645 else \
3646 @{ \
3647 (Current).first_line = (Current).last_line = \
3648 YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 0).last_line; \
3649 (Current).first_column = (Current).last_column = \
3650 YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 0).last_column; \
3651 @} \
3652 while (0)
3653 @end group
3654 @end smallexample
3655
3656 where @code{YYRHSLOC (rhs, k)} is the location of the @var{k}th symbol
3657 in @var{rhs} when @var{k} is positive, and the location of the symbol
3658 just before the reduction when @var{k} and @var{n} are both zero.
3659
3660 When defining @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT}, you should consider that:
3661
3662 @itemize @bullet
3663 @item
3664 All arguments are free of side-effects. However, only the first one (the
3665 result) should be modified by @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT}.
3666
3667 @item
3668 For consistency with semantic actions, valid indexes within the
3669 right hand side range from 1 to @var{n}. When @var{n} is zero, only 0 is a
3670 valid index, and it refers to the symbol just before the reduction.
3671 During error processing @var{n} is always positive.
3672
3673 @item
3674 Your macro should parenthesize its arguments, if need be, since the
3675 actual arguments may not be surrounded by parentheses. Also, your
3676 macro should expand to something that can be used as a single
3677 statement when it is followed by a semicolon.
3678 @end itemize
3679
3680 @node Declarations
3681 @section Bison Declarations
3682 @cindex declarations, Bison
3683 @cindex Bison declarations
3684
3685 The @dfn{Bison declarations} section of a Bison grammar defines the symbols
3686 used in formulating the grammar and the data types of semantic values.
3687 @xref{Symbols}.
3688
3689 All token type names (but not single-character literal tokens such as
3690 @code{'+'} and @code{'*'}) must be declared. Nonterminal symbols must be
3691 declared if you need to specify which data type to use for the semantic
3692 value (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More Than One Value Type}).
3693
3694 The first rule in the file also specifies the start symbol, by default.
3695 If you want some other symbol to be the start symbol, you must declare
3696 it explicitly (@pxref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free
3697 Grammars}).
3698
3699 @menu
3700 * Require Decl:: Requiring a Bison version.
3701 * Token Decl:: Declaring terminal symbols.
3702 * Precedence Decl:: Declaring terminals with precedence and associativity.
3703 * Union Decl:: Declaring the set of all semantic value types.
3704 * Type Decl:: Declaring the choice of type for a nonterminal symbol.
3705 * Initial Action Decl:: Code run before parsing starts.
3706 * Destructor Decl:: Declaring how symbols are freed.
3707 * Expect Decl:: Suppressing warnings about parsing conflicts.
3708 * Start Decl:: Specifying the start symbol.
3709 * Pure Decl:: Requesting a reentrant parser.
3710 * Decl Summary:: Table of all Bison declarations.
3711 @end menu
3712
3713 @node Require Decl
3714 @subsection Require a Version of Bison
3715 @cindex version requirement
3716 @cindex requiring a version of Bison
3717 @findex %require
3718
3719 You may require the minimum version of Bison to process the grammar. If
3720 the requirement is not met, @command{bison} exits with an error (exit
3721 status 63).
3722
3723 @example
3724 %require "@var{version}"
3725 @end example
3726
3727 @node Token Decl
3728 @subsection Token Type Names
3729 @cindex declaring token type names
3730 @cindex token type names, declaring
3731 @cindex declaring literal string tokens
3732 @findex %token
3733
3734 The basic way to declare a token type name (terminal symbol) is as follows:
3735
3736 @example
3737 %token @var{name}
3738 @end example
3739
3740 Bison will convert this into a @code{#define} directive in
3741 the parser, so that the function @code{yylex} (if it is in this file)
3742 can use the name @var{name} to stand for this token type's code.
3743
3744 Alternatively, you can use @code{%left}, @code{%right}, or
3745 @code{%nonassoc} instead of @code{%token}, if you wish to specify
3746 associativity and precedence. @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator
3747 Precedence}.
3748
3749 You can explicitly specify the numeric code for a token type by appending
3750 a decimal or hexadecimal integer value in the field immediately
3751 following the token name:
3752
3753 @example
3754 %token NUM 300
3755 %token XNUM 0x12d // a GNU extension
3756 @end example
3757
3758 @noindent
3759 It is generally best, however, to let Bison choose the numeric codes for
3760 all token types. Bison will automatically select codes that don't conflict
3761 with each other or with normal characters.
3762
3763 In the event that the stack type is a union, you must augment the
3764 @code{%token} or other token declaration to include the data type
3765 alternative delimited by angle-brackets (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More
3766 Than One Value Type}).
3767
3768 For example:
3769
3770 @example
3771 @group
3772 %union @{ /* define stack type */
3773 double val;
3774 symrec *tptr;
3775 @}
3776 %token <val> NUM /* define token NUM and its type */
3777 @end group
3778 @end example
3779
3780 You can associate a literal string token with a token type name by
3781 writing the literal string at the end of a @code{%token}
3782 declaration which declares the name. For example:
3783
3784 @example
3785 %token arrow "=>"
3786 @end example
3787
3788 @noindent
3789 For example, a grammar for the C language might specify these names with
3790 equivalent literal string tokens:
3791
3792 @example
3793 %token <operator> OR "||"
3794 %token <operator> LE 134 "<="
3795 %left OR "<="
3796 @end example
3797
3798 @noindent
3799 Once you equate the literal string and the token name, you can use them
3800 interchangeably in further declarations or the grammar rules. The
3801 @code{yylex} function can use the token name or the literal string to
3802 obtain the token type code number (@pxref{Calling Convention}).
3803
3804 @node Precedence Decl
3805 @subsection Operator Precedence
3806 @cindex precedence declarations
3807 @cindex declaring operator precedence
3808 @cindex operator precedence, declaring
3809
3810 Use the @code{%left}, @code{%right} or @code{%nonassoc} declaration to
3811 declare a token and specify its precedence and associativity, all at
3812 once. These are called @dfn{precedence declarations}.
3813 @xref{Precedence, ,Operator Precedence}, for general information on
3814 operator precedence.
3815
3816 The syntax of a precedence declaration is the same as that of
3817 @code{%token}: either
3818
3819 @example
3820 %left @var{symbols}@dots{}
3821 @end example
3822
3823 @noindent
3824 or
3825
3826 @example
3827 %left <@var{type}> @var{symbols}@dots{}
3828 @end example
3829
3830 And indeed any of these declarations serves the purposes of @code{%token}.
3831 But in addition, they specify the associativity and relative precedence for
3832 all the @var{symbols}:
3833
3834 @itemize @bullet
3835 @item
3836 The associativity of an operator @var{op} determines how repeated uses
3837 of the operator nest: whether @samp{@var{x} @var{op} @var{y} @var{op}
3838 @var{z}} is parsed by grouping @var{x} with @var{y} first or by
3839 grouping @var{y} with @var{z} first. @code{%left} specifies
3840 left-associativity (grouping @var{x} with @var{y} first) and
3841 @code{%right} specifies right-associativity (grouping @var{y} with
3842 @var{z} first). @code{%nonassoc} specifies no associativity, which
3843 means that @samp{@var{x} @var{op} @var{y} @var{op} @var{z}} is
3844 considered a syntax error.
3845
3846 @item
3847 The precedence of an operator determines how it nests with other operators.
3848 All the tokens declared in a single precedence declaration have equal
3849 precedence and nest together according to their associativity.
3850 When two tokens declared in different precedence declarations associate,
3851 the one declared later has the higher precedence and is grouped first.
3852 @end itemize
3853
3854 @node Union Decl
3855 @subsection The Collection of Value Types
3856 @cindex declaring value types
3857 @cindex value types, declaring
3858 @findex %union
3859
3860 The @code{%union} declaration specifies the entire collection of
3861 possible data types for semantic values. The keyword @code{%union} is
3862 followed by braced code containing the same thing that goes inside a
3863 @code{union} in C@.
3864
3865 For example:
3866
3867 @example
3868 @group
3869 %union @{
3870 double val;
3871 symrec *tptr;
3872 @}
3873 @end group
3874 @end example
3875
3876 @noindent
3877 This says that the two alternative types are @code{double} and @code{symrec
3878 *}. They are given names @code{val} and @code{tptr}; these names are used
3879 in the @code{%token} and @code{%type} declarations to pick one of the types
3880 for a terminal or nonterminal symbol (@pxref{Type Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}).
3881
3882 As an extension to @acronym{POSIX}, a tag is allowed after the
3883 @code{union}. For example:
3884
3885 @example
3886 @group
3887 %union value @{
3888 double val;
3889 symrec *tptr;
3890 @}
3891 @end group
3892 @end example
3893
3894 @noindent
3895 specifies the union tag @code{value}, so the corresponding C type is
3896 @code{union value}. If you do not specify a tag, it defaults to
3897 @code{YYSTYPE}.
3898
3899 As another extension to @acronym{POSIX}, you may specify multiple
3900 @code{%union} declarations; their contents are concatenated. However,
3901 only the first @code{%union} declaration can specify a tag.
3902
3903 Note that, unlike making a @code{union} declaration in C, you need not write
3904 a semicolon after the closing brace.
3905
3906 Instead of @code{%union}, you can define and use your own union type
3907 @code{YYSTYPE} if your grammar contains at least one
3908 @samp{<@var{type}>} tag. For example, you can put the following into
3909 a header file @file{parser.h}:
3910
3911 @example
3912 @group
3913 union YYSTYPE @{
3914 double val;
3915 symrec *tptr;
3916 @};
3917 typedef union YYSTYPE YYSTYPE;
3918 @end group
3919 @end example
3920
3921 @noindent
3922 and then your grammar can use the following
3923 instead of @code{%union}:
3924
3925 @example
3926 @group
3927 %@{
3928 #include "parser.h"
3929 %@}
3930 %type <val> expr
3931 %token <tptr> ID
3932 @end group
3933 @end example
3934
3935 @node Type Decl
3936 @subsection Nonterminal Symbols
3937 @cindex declaring value types, nonterminals
3938 @cindex value types, nonterminals, declaring
3939 @findex %type
3940
3941 @noindent
3942 When you use @code{%union} to specify multiple value types, you must
3943 declare the value type of each nonterminal symbol for which values are
3944 used. This is done with a @code{%type} declaration, like this:
3945
3946 @example
3947 %type <@var{type}> @var{nonterminal}@dots{}
3948 @end example
3949
3950 @noindent
3951 Here @var{nonterminal} is the name of a nonterminal symbol, and
3952 @var{type} is the name given in the @code{%union} to the alternative
3953 that you want (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}). You
3954 can give any number of nonterminal symbols in the same @code{%type}
3955 declaration, if they have the same value type. Use spaces to separate
3956 the symbol names.
3957
3958 You can also declare the value type of a terminal symbol. To do this,
3959 use the same @code{<@var{type}>} construction in a declaration for the
3960 terminal symbol. All kinds of token declarations allow
3961 @code{<@var{type}>}.
3962
3963 @node Initial Action Decl
3964 @subsection Performing Actions before Parsing
3965 @findex %initial-action
3966
3967 Sometimes your parser needs to perform some initializations before
3968 parsing. The @code{%initial-action} directive allows for such arbitrary
3969 code.
3970
3971 @deffn {Directive} %initial-action @{ @var{code} @}
3972 @findex %initial-action
3973 Declare that the braced @var{code} must be invoked before parsing each time
3974 @code{yyparse} is called. The @var{code} may use @code{$$} and
3975 @code{@@$} --- initial value and location of the lookahead --- and the
3976 @code{%parse-param}.
3977 @end deffn
3978
3979 For instance, if your locations use a file name, you may use
3980
3981 @example
3982 %parse-param @{ char const *file_name @};
3983 %initial-action
3984 @{
3985 @@$.initialize (file_name);
3986 @};
3987 @end example
3988
3989
3990 @node Destructor Decl
3991 @subsection Freeing Discarded Symbols
3992 @cindex freeing discarded symbols
3993 @findex %destructor
3994 @findex %symbol-default
3995
3996 During error recovery (@pxref{Error Recovery}), symbols already pushed
3997 on the stack and tokens coming from the rest of the file are discarded
3998 until the parser falls on its feet. If the parser runs out of memory,
3999 or if it returns via @code{YYABORT} or @code{YYACCEPT}, all the
4000 symbols on the stack must be discarded. Even if the parser succeeds, it
4001 must discard the start symbol.
4002
4003 When discarded symbols convey heap based information, this memory is
4004 lost. While this behavior can be tolerable for batch parsers, such as
4005 in traditional compilers, it is unacceptable for programs like shells or
4006 protocol implementations that may parse and execute indefinitely.
4007
4008 The @code{%destructor} directive defines code that is called when a
4009 symbol is automatically discarded.
4010
4011 @deffn {Directive} %destructor @{ @var{code} @} @var{symbols}
4012 @findex %destructor
4013 Invoke the braced @var{code} whenever the parser discards one of the
4014 @var{symbols}.
4015 Within @var{code}, @code{$$} designates the semantic value associated
4016 with the discarded symbol, and @code{@@$} designates its location.
4017 The additional parser parameters are also available (@pxref{Parser Function, ,
4018 The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}).
4019
4020 When a symbol is listed among @var{symbols}, its @code{%destructor} is called a
4021 per-symbol @code{%destructor}.
4022 You may also define a per-type @code{%destructor} by listing a semantic type
4023 among @var{symbols}.
4024 In that case, the parser will invoke this @var{code} whenever it discards any
4025 grammar symbol that has that semantic type unless that symbol has its own
4026 per-symbol @code{%destructor}.
4027
4028 Finally, you may define a default @code{%destructor} by placing
4029 @code{%symbol-default} in the @var{symbols} list of exactly one
4030 @code{%destructor} declaration in your grammar file.
4031 In that case, the parser will invoke the associated @var{code} whenever it
4032 discards any user-defined grammar symbol for which there is no per-type or
4033 per-symbol @code{%destructor}.
4034 @end deffn
4035
4036 @noindent
4037 For instance:
4038
4039 @smallexample
4040 %union @{ char *string; @}
4041 %token <string> STRING1
4042 %token <string> STRING2
4043 %type <string> string1
4044 %type <string> string2
4045 %union @{ char character; @}
4046 %token <character> CHR
4047 %type <character> chr
4048 %destructor @{ free ($$); @} %symbol-default
4049 %destructor @{ free ($$); printf ("%d", @@$.first_line); @} STRING1 string1
4050 %destructor @{ @} <character>
4051 @end smallexample
4052
4053 @noindent
4054 guarantees that, when the parser discards any user-defined symbol that has a
4055 semantic type tag other than @code{<character>}, it passes its semantic value
4056 to @code{free}.
4057 However, when the parser discards a @code{STRING1} or a @code{string1}, it also
4058 prints its line number to @code{stdout}.
4059 It performs only the second @code{%destructor} in this case, so it invokes
4060 @code{free} only once.
4061
4062 Notice that a Bison-generated parser invokes the default @code{%destructor}
4063 only for user-defined as opposed to Bison-defined symbols.
4064 For example, the parser will not invoke it for the special Bison-defined
4065 symbols @code{$accept}, @code{$undefined}, or @code{$end} (@pxref{Table of
4066 Symbols, ,Bison Symbols}), none of which you can reference in your grammar.
4067 It also will not invoke it for the @code{error} token (@pxref{Table of Symbols,
4068 ,error}), which is always defined by Bison regardless of whether you reference
4069 it in your grammar.
4070 However, it will invoke it for the end token (token 0) if you redefine it from
4071 @code{$end} to, for example, @code{END}:
4072
4073 @smallexample
4074 %token END 0
4075 @end smallexample
4076
4077 @ignore
4078 @noindent
4079 In the future, it may be possible to redefine the @code{error} token as a
4080 nonterminal that captures the discarded symbols.
4081 In that case, the parser will invoke the default destructor for it as well.
4082 @end ignore
4083
4084 @sp 1
4085
4086 @cindex discarded symbols
4087 @dfn{Discarded symbols} are the following:
4088
4089 @itemize
4090 @item
4091 stacked symbols popped during the first phase of error recovery,
4092 @item
4093 incoming terminals during the second phase of error recovery,
4094 @item
4095 the current lookahead and the entire stack (except the current
4096 right-hand side symbols) when the parser returns immediately, and
4097 @item
4098 the start symbol, when the parser succeeds.
4099 @end itemize
4100
4101 The parser can @dfn{return immediately} because of an explicit call to
4102 @code{YYABORT} or @code{YYACCEPT}, or failed error recovery, or memory
4103 exhaustion.
4104
4105 Right-hand size symbols of a rule that explicitly triggers a syntax
4106 error via @code{YYERROR} are not discarded automatically. As a rule
4107 of thumb, destructors are invoked only when user actions cannot manage
4108 the memory.
4109
4110 @node Expect Decl
4111 @subsection Suppressing Conflict Warnings
4112 @cindex suppressing conflict warnings
4113 @cindex preventing warnings about conflicts
4114 @cindex warnings, preventing
4115 @cindex conflicts, suppressing warnings of
4116 @findex %expect
4117 @findex %expect-rr
4118
4119 Bison normally warns if there are any conflicts in the grammar
4120 (@pxref{Shift/Reduce, ,Shift/Reduce Conflicts}), but most real grammars
4121 have harmless shift/reduce conflicts which are resolved in a predictable
4122 way and would be difficult to eliminate. It is desirable to suppress
4123 the warning about these conflicts unless the number of conflicts
4124 changes. You can do this with the @code{%expect} declaration.
4125
4126 The declaration looks like this:
4127
4128 @example
4129 %expect @var{n}
4130 @end example
4131
4132 Here @var{n} is a decimal integer. The declaration says there should
4133 be @var{n} shift/reduce conflicts and no reduce/reduce conflicts.
4134 Bison reports an error if the number of shift/reduce conflicts differs
4135 from @var{n}, or if there are any reduce/reduce conflicts.
4136
4137 For normal @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers, reduce/reduce conflicts are more
4138 serious, and should be eliminated entirely. Bison will always report
4139 reduce/reduce conflicts for these parsers. With @acronym{GLR}
4140 parsers, however, both kinds of conflicts are routine; otherwise,
4141 there would be no need to use @acronym{GLR} parsing. Therefore, it is
4142 also possible to specify an expected number of reduce/reduce conflicts
4143 in @acronym{GLR} parsers, using the declaration:
4144
4145 @example
4146 %expect-rr @var{n}
4147 @end example
4148
4149 In general, using @code{%expect} involves these steps:
4150
4151 @itemize @bullet
4152 @item
4153 Compile your grammar without @code{%expect}. Use the @samp{-v} option
4154 to get a verbose list of where the conflicts occur. Bison will also
4155 print the number of conflicts.
4156
4157 @item
4158 Check each of the conflicts to make sure that Bison's default
4159 resolution is what you really want. If not, rewrite the grammar and
4160 go back to the beginning.
4161
4162 @item
4163 Add an @code{%expect} declaration, copying the number @var{n} from the
4164 number which Bison printed. With @acronym{GLR} parsers, add an
4165 @code{%expect-rr} declaration as well.
4166 @end itemize
4167
4168 Now Bison will warn you if you introduce an unexpected conflict, but
4169 will keep silent otherwise.
4170
4171 @node Start Decl
4172 @subsection The Start-Symbol
4173 @cindex declaring the start symbol
4174 @cindex start symbol, declaring
4175 @cindex default start symbol
4176 @findex %start
4177
4178 Bison assumes by default that the start symbol for the grammar is the first
4179 nonterminal specified in the grammar specification section. The programmer
4180 may override this restriction with the @code{%start} declaration as follows:
4181
4182 @example
4183 %start @var{symbol}
4184 @end example
4185
4186 @node Pure Decl
4187 @subsection A Pure (Reentrant) Parser
4188 @cindex reentrant parser
4189 @cindex pure parser
4190 @findex %pure-parser
4191
4192 A @dfn{reentrant} program is one which does not alter in the course of
4193 execution; in other words, it consists entirely of @dfn{pure} (read-only)
4194 code. Reentrancy is important whenever asynchronous execution is possible;
4195 for example, a nonreentrant program may not be safe to call from a signal
4196 handler. In systems with multiple threads of control, a nonreentrant
4197 program must be called only within interlocks.
4198
4199 Normally, Bison generates a parser which is not reentrant. This is
4200 suitable for most uses, and it permits compatibility with Yacc. (The
4201 standard Yacc interfaces are inherently nonreentrant, because they use
4202 statically allocated variables for communication with @code{yylex},
4203 including @code{yylval} and @code{yylloc}.)
4204
4205 Alternatively, you can generate a pure, reentrant parser. The Bison
4206 declaration @code{%pure-parser} says that you want the parser to be
4207 reentrant. It looks like this:
4208
4209 @example
4210 %pure-parser
4211 @end example
4212
4213 The result is that the communication variables @code{yylval} and
4214 @code{yylloc} become local variables in @code{yyparse}, and a different
4215 calling convention is used for the lexical analyzer function
4216 @code{yylex}. @xref{Pure Calling, ,Calling Conventions for Pure
4217 Parsers}, for the details of this. The variable @code{yynerrs} also
4218 becomes local in @code{yyparse} (@pxref{Error Reporting, ,The Error
4219 Reporting Function @code{yyerror}}). The convention for calling
4220 @code{yyparse} itself is unchanged.
4221
4222 Whether the parser is pure has nothing to do with the grammar rules.
4223 You can generate either a pure parser or a nonreentrant parser from any
4224 valid grammar.
4225
4226 @node Decl Summary
4227 @subsection Bison Declaration Summary
4228 @cindex Bison declaration summary
4229 @cindex declaration summary
4230 @cindex summary, Bison declaration
4231
4232 Here is a summary of the declarations used to define a grammar:
4233
4234 @deffn {Directive} %union
4235 Declare the collection of data types that semantic values may have
4236 (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}).
4237 @end deffn
4238
4239 @deffn {Directive} %token
4240 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) with no precedence
4241 or associativity specified (@pxref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names}).
4242 @end deffn
4243
4244 @deffn {Directive} %right
4245 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) that is right-associative
4246 (@pxref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}).
4247 @end deffn
4248
4249 @deffn {Directive} %left
4250 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) that is left-associative
4251 (@pxref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}).
4252 @end deffn
4253
4254 @deffn {Directive} %nonassoc
4255 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) that is nonassociative
4256 (@pxref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}).
4257 Using it in a way that would be associative is a syntax error.
4258 @end deffn
4259
4260 @ifset defaultprec
4261 @deffn {Directive} %default-prec
4262 Assign a precedence to rules lacking an explicit @code{%prec} modifier
4263 (@pxref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}).
4264 @end deffn
4265 @end ifset
4266
4267 @deffn {Directive} %type
4268 Declare the type of semantic values for a nonterminal symbol
4269 (@pxref{Type Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}).
4270 @end deffn
4271
4272 @deffn {Directive} %start
4273 Specify the grammar's start symbol (@pxref{Start Decl, ,The
4274 Start-Symbol}).
4275 @end deffn
4276
4277 @deffn {Directive} %expect
4278 Declare the expected number of shift-reduce conflicts
4279 (@pxref{Expect Decl, ,Suppressing Conflict Warnings}).
4280 @end deffn
4281
4282
4283 @sp 1
4284 @noindent
4285 In order to change the behavior of @command{bison}, use the following
4286 directives:
4287
4288 @deffn {Directive} %debug
4289 In the parser file, define the macro @code{YYDEBUG} to 1 if it is not
4290 already defined, so that the debugging facilities are compiled.
4291 @end deffn
4292 @xref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}.
4293
4294 @deffn {Directive} %defines
4295 Write a header file containing macro definitions for the token type
4296 names defined in the grammar as well as a few other declarations.
4297 If the parser output file is named @file{@var{name}.c} then this file
4298 is named @file{@var{name}.h}.
4299
4300 For C parsers, the output header declares @code{YYSTYPE} unless
4301 @code{YYSTYPE} is already defined as a macro or you have used a
4302 @code{<@var{type}>} tag without using @code{%union}.
4303 Therefore, if you are using a @code{%union}
4304 (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More Than One Value Type}) with components that
4305 require other definitions, or if you have defined a @code{YYSTYPE} macro
4306 or type definition
4307 (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}), you need to
4308 arrange for these definitions to be propagated to all modules, e.g., by
4309 putting them in a prerequisite header that is included both by your
4310 parser and by any other module that needs @code{YYSTYPE}.
4311
4312 Unless your parser is pure, the output header declares @code{yylval}
4313 as an external variable. @xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant)
4314 Parser}.
4315
4316 If you have also used locations, the output header declares
4317 @code{YYLTYPE} and @code{yylloc} using a protocol similar to that of
4318 the @code{YYSTYPE} macro and @code{yylval}. @xref{Locations, ,Tracking
4319 Locations}.
4320
4321 This output file is normally essential if you wish to put the definition
4322 of @code{yylex} in a separate source file, because @code{yylex}
4323 typically needs to be able to refer to the above-mentioned declarations
4324 and to the token type codes. @xref{Token Values, ,Semantic Values of
4325 Tokens}.
4326
4327 @findex %requires
4328 @findex %provides
4329 If you have declared @code{%requires} or @code{%provides}, the output
4330 header also contains their code.
4331 @xref{Table of Symbols, ,%requires}.
4332 @end deffn
4333
4334 @deffn {Directive} %destructor
4335 Specify how the parser should reclaim the memory associated to
4336 discarded symbols. @xref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing Discarded Symbols}.
4337 @end deffn
4338
4339 @deffn {Directive} %file-prefix="@var{prefix}"
4340 Specify a prefix to use for all Bison output file names. The names are
4341 chosen as if the input file were named @file{@var{prefix}.y}.
4342 @end deffn
4343
4344 @deffn {Directive} %locations
4345 Generate the code processing the locations (@pxref{Action Features,
4346 ,Special Features for Use in Actions}). This mode is enabled as soon as
4347 the grammar uses the special @samp{@@@var{n}} tokens, but if your
4348 grammar does not use it, using @samp{%locations} allows for more
4349 accurate syntax error messages.
4350 @end deffn
4351
4352 @deffn {Directive} %name-prefix="@var{prefix}"
4353 Rename the external symbols used in the parser so that they start with
4354 @var{prefix} instead of @samp{yy}. The precise list of symbols renamed
4355 in C parsers
4356 is @code{yyparse}, @code{yylex}, @code{yyerror}, @code{yynerrs},
4357 @code{yylval}, @code{yychar}, @code{yydebug}, and
4358 (if locations are used) @code{yylloc}. For example, if you use
4359 @samp{%name-prefix="c_"}, the names become @code{c_parse}, @code{c_lex},
4360 and so on. In C++ parsers, it is only the surrounding namespace which is
4361 named @var{prefix} instead of @samp{yy}.
4362 @xref{Multiple Parsers, ,Multiple Parsers in the Same Program}.
4363 @end deffn
4364
4365 @ifset defaultprec
4366 @deffn {Directive} %no-default-prec
4367 Do not assign a precedence to rules lacking an explicit @code{%prec}
4368 modifier (@pxref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent
4369 Precedence}).
4370 @end deffn
4371 @end ifset
4372
4373 @deffn {Directive} %no-parser
4374 Do not include any C code in the parser file; generate tables only. The
4375 parser file contains just @code{#define} directives and static variable
4376 declarations.
4377
4378 This option also tells Bison to write the C code for the grammar actions
4379 into a file named @file{@var{file}.act}, in the form of a
4380 brace-surrounded body fit for a @code{switch} statement.
4381 @end deffn
4382
4383 @deffn {Directive} %no-lines
4384 Don't generate any @code{#line} preprocessor commands in the parser
4385 file. Ordinarily Bison writes these commands in the parser file so that
4386 the C compiler and debuggers will associate errors and object code with
4387 your source file (the grammar file). This directive causes them to
4388 associate errors with the parser file, treating it an independent source
4389 file in its own right.
4390 @end deffn
4391
4392 @deffn {Directive} %output="@var{file}"
4393 Specify @var{file} for the parser file.
4394 @end deffn
4395
4396 @deffn {Directive} %pure-parser
4397 Request a pure (reentrant) parser program (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure
4398 (Reentrant) Parser}).
4399 @end deffn
4400
4401 @deffn {Directive} %require "@var{version}"
4402 Require version @var{version} or higher of Bison. @xref{Require Decl, ,
4403 Require a Version of Bison}.
4404 @end deffn
4405
4406 @deffn {Directive} %token-table
4407 Generate an array of token names in the parser file. The name of the
4408 array is @code{yytname}; @code{yytname[@var{i}]} is the name of the
4409 token whose internal Bison token code number is @var{i}. The first
4410 three elements of @code{yytname} correspond to the predefined tokens
4411 @code{"$end"},
4412 @code{"error"}, and @code{"$undefined"}; after these come the symbols
4413 defined in the grammar file.
4414
4415 The name in the table includes all the characters needed to represent
4416 the token in Bison. For single-character literals and literal
4417 strings, this includes the surrounding quoting characters and any
4418 escape sequences. For example, the Bison single-character literal
4419 @code{'+'} corresponds to a three-character name, represented in C as
4420 @code{"'+'"}; and the Bison two-character literal string @code{"\\/"}
4421 corresponds to a five-character name, represented in C as
4422 @code{"\"\\\\/\""}.
4423
4424 When you specify @code{%token-table}, Bison also generates macro
4425 definitions for macros @code{YYNTOKENS}, @code{YYNNTS}, and
4426 @code{YYNRULES}, and @code{YYNSTATES}:
4427
4428 @table @code
4429 @item YYNTOKENS
4430 The highest token number, plus one.
4431 @item YYNNTS
4432 The number of nonterminal symbols.
4433 @item YYNRULES
4434 The number of grammar rules,
4435 @item YYNSTATES
4436 The number of parser states (@pxref{Parser States}).
4437 @end table
4438 @end deffn
4439
4440 @deffn {Directive} %verbose
4441 Write an extra output file containing verbose descriptions of the
4442 parser states and what is done for each type of lookahead token in
4443 that state. @xref{Understanding, , Understanding Your Parser}, for more
4444 information.
4445 @end deffn
4446
4447 @deffn {Directive} %yacc
4448 Pretend the option @option{--yacc} was given, i.e., imitate Yacc,
4449 including its naming conventions. @xref{Bison Options}, for more.
4450 @end deffn
4451
4452
4453 @node Multiple Parsers
4454 @section Multiple Parsers in the Same Program
4455
4456 Most programs that use Bison parse only one language and therefore contain
4457 only one Bison parser. But what if you want to parse more than one
4458 language with the same program? Then you need to avoid a name conflict
4459 between different definitions of @code{yyparse}, @code{yylval}, and so on.
4460
4461 The easy way to do this is to use the option @samp{-p @var{prefix}}
4462 (@pxref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}). This renames the interface
4463 functions and variables of the Bison parser to start with @var{prefix}
4464 instead of @samp{yy}. You can use this to give each parser distinct
4465 names that do not conflict.
4466
4467 The precise list of symbols renamed is @code{yyparse}, @code{yylex},
4468 @code{yyerror}, @code{yynerrs}, @code{yylval}, @code{yylloc},
4469 @code{yychar} and @code{yydebug}. For example, if you use @samp{-p c},
4470 the names become @code{cparse}, @code{clex}, and so on.
4471
4472 @strong{All the other variables and macros associated with Bison are not
4473 renamed.} These others are not global; there is no conflict if the same
4474 name is used in different parsers. For example, @code{YYSTYPE} is not
4475 renamed, but defining this in different ways in different parsers causes
4476 no trouble (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}).
4477
4478 The @samp{-p} option works by adding macro definitions to the beginning
4479 of the parser source file, defining @code{yyparse} as
4480 @code{@var{prefix}parse}, and so on. This effectively substitutes one
4481 name for the other in the entire parser file.
4482
4483 @node Interface
4484 @chapter Parser C-Language Interface
4485 @cindex C-language interface
4486 @cindex interface
4487
4488 The Bison parser is actually a C function named @code{yyparse}. Here we
4489 describe the interface conventions of @code{yyparse} and the other
4490 functions that it needs to use.
4491
4492 Keep in mind that the parser uses many C identifiers starting with
4493 @samp{yy} and @samp{YY} for internal purposes. If you use such an
4494 identifier (aside from those in this manual) in an action or in epilogue
4495 in the grammar file, you are likely to run into trouble.
4496
4497 @menu
4498 * Parser Function:: How to call @code{yyparse} and what it returns.
4499 * Lexical:: You must supply a function @code{yylex}
4500 which reads tokens.
4501 * Error Reporting:: You must supply a function @code{yyerror}.
4502 * Action Features:: Special features for use in actions.
4503 * Internationalization:: How to let the parser speak in the user's
4504 native language.
4505 @end menu
4506
4507 @node Parser Function
4508 @section The Parser Function @code{yyparse}
4509 @findex yyparse
4510
4511 You call the function @code{yyparse} to cause parsing to occur. This
4512 function reads tokens, executes actions, and ultimately returns when it
4513 encounters end-of-input or an unrecoverable syntax error. You can also
4514 write an action which directs @code{yyparse} to return immediately
4515 without reading further.
4516
4517
4518 @deftypefun int yyparse (void)
4519 The value returned by @code{yyparse} is 0 if parsing was successful (return
4520 is due to end-of-input).
4521
4522 The value is 1 if parsing failed because of invalid input, i.e., input
4523 that contains a syntax error or that causes @code{YYABORT} to be
4524 invoked.
4525
4526 The value is 2 if parsing failed due to memory exhaustion.
4527 @end deftypefun
4528
4529 In an action, you can cause immediate return from @code{yyparse} by using
4530 these macros:
4531
4532 @defmac YYACCEPT
4533 @findex YYACCEPT
4534 Return immediately with value 0 (to report success).
4535 @end defmac
4536
4537 @defmac YYABORT
4538 @findex YYABORT
4539 Return immediately with value 1 (to report failure).
4540 @end defmac
4541
4542 If you use a reentrant parser, you can optionally pass additional
4543 parameter information to it in a reentrant way. To do so, use the
4544 declaration @code{%parse-param}:
4545
4546 @deffn {Directive} %parse-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
4547 @findex %parse-param
4548 Declare that an argument declared by the braced-code
4549 @var{argument-declaration} is an additional @code{yyparse} argument.
4550 The @var{argument-declaration} is used when declaring
4551 functions or prototypes. The last identifier in
4552 @var{argument-declaration} must be the argument name.
4553 @end deffn
4554
4555 Here's an example. Write this in the parser:
4556
4557 @example
4558 %parse-param @{int *nastiness@}
4559 %parse-param @{int *randomness@}
4560 @end example
4561
4562 @noindent
4563 Then call the parser like this:
4564
4565 @example
4566 @{
4567 int nastiness, randomness;
4568 @dots{} /* @r{Store proper data in @code{nastiness} and @code{randomness}.} */
4569 value = yyparse (&nastiness, &randomness);
4570 @dots{}
4571 @}
4572 @end example
4573
4574 @noindent
4575 In the grammar actions, use expressions like this to refer to the data:
4576
4577 @example
4578 exp: @dots{} @{ @dots{}; *randomness += 1; @dots{} @}
4579 @end example
4580
4581
4582 @node Lexical
4583 @section The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}
4584 @findex yylex
4585 @cindex lexical analyzer
4586
4587 The @dfn{lexical analyzer} function, @code{yylex}, recognizes tokens from
4588 the input stream and returns them to the parser. Bison does not create
4589 this function automatically; you must write it so that @code{yyparse} can
4590 call it. The function is sometimes referred to as a lexical scanner.
4591
4592 In simple programs, @code{yylex} is often defined at the end of the Bison
4593 grammar file. If @code{yylex} is defined in a separate source file, you
4594 need to arrange for the token-type macro definitions to be available there.
4595 To do this, use the @samp{-d} option when you run Bison, so that it will
4596 write these macro definitions into a separate header file
4597 @file{@var{name}.tab.h} which you can include in the other source files
4598 that need it. @xref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}.
4599
4600 @menu
4601 * Calling Convention:: How @code{yyparse} calls @code{yylex}.
4602 * Token Values:: How @code{yylex} must return the semantic value
4603 of the token it has read.
4604 * Token Locations:: How @code{yylex} must return the text location
4605 (line number, etc.) of the token, if the
4606 actions want that.
4607 * Pure Calling:: How the calling convention differs
4608 in a pure parser (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}).
4609 @end menu
4610
4611 @node Calling Convention
4612 @subsection Calling Convention for @code{yylex}
4613
4614 The value that @code{yylex} returns must be the positive numeric code
4615 for the type of token it has just found; a zero or negative value
4616 signifies end-of-input.
4617
4618 When a token is referred to in the grammar rules by a name, that name
4619 in the parser file becomes a C macro whose definition is the proper
4620 numeric code for that token type. So @code{yylex} can use the name
4621 to indicate that type. @xref{Symbols}.
4622
4623 When a token is referred to in the grammar rules by a character literal,
4624 the numeric code for that character is also the code for the token type.
4625 So @code{yylex} can simply return that character code, possibly converted
4626 to @code{unsigned char} to avoid sign-extension. The null character
4627 must not be used this way, because its code is zero and that
4628 signifies end-of-input.
4629
4630 Here is an example showing these things:
4631
4632 @example
4633 int
4634 yylex (void)
4635 @{
4636 @dots{}
4637 if (c == EOF) /* Detect end-of-input. */
4638 return 0;
4639 @dots{}
4640 if (c == '+' || c == '-')
4641 return c; /* Assume token type for `+' is '+'. */
4642 @dots{}
4643 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */
4644 @dots{}
4645 @}
4646 @end example
4647
4648 @noindent
4649 This interface has been designed so that the output from the @code{lex}
4650 utility can be used without change as the definition of @code{yylex}.
4651
4652 If the grammar uses literal string tokens, there are two ways that
4653 @code{yylex} can determine the token type codes for them:
4654
4655 @itemize @bullet
4656 @item
4657 If the grammar defines symbolic token names as aliases for the
4658 literal string tokens, @code{yylex} can use these symbolic names like
4659 all others. In this case, the use of the literal string tokens in
4660 the grammar file has no effect on @code{yylex}.
4661
4662 @item
4663 @code{yylex} can find the multicharacter token in the @code{yytname}
4664 table. The index of the token in the table is the token type's code.
4665 The name of a multicharacter token is recorded in @code{yytname} with a
4666 double-quote, the token's characters, and another double-quote. The
4667 token's characters are escaped as necessary to be suitable as input
4668 to Bison.
4669
4670 Here's code for looking up a multicharacter token in @code{yytname},
4671 assuming that the characters of the token are stored in
4672 @code{token_buffer}, and assuming that the token does not contain any
4673 characters like @samp{"} that require escaping.
4674
4675 @smallexample
4676 for (i = 0; i < YYNTOKENS; i++)
4677 @{
4678 if (yytname[i] != 0
4679 && yytname[i][0] == '"'
4680 && ! strncmp (yytname[i] + 1, token_buffer,
4681 strlen (token_buffer))
4682 && yytname[i][strlen (token_buffer) + 1] == '"'
4683 && yytname[i][strlen (token_buffer) + 2] == 0)
4684 break;
4685 @}
4686 @end smallexample
4687
4688 The @code{yytname} table is generated only if you use the
4689 @code{%token-table} declaration. @xref{Decl Summary}.
4690 @end itemize
4691
4692 @node Token Values
4693 @subsection Semantic Values of Tokens
4694
4695 @vindex yylval
4696 In an ordinary (nonreentrant) parser, the semantic value of the token must
4697 be stored into the global variable @code{yylval}. When you are using
4698 just one data type for semantic values, @code{yylval} has that type.
4699 Thus, if the type is @code{int} (the default), you might write this in
4700 @code{yylex}:
4701
4702 @example
4703 @group
4704 @dots{}
4705 yylval = value; /* Put value onto Bison stack. */
4706 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */
4707 @dots{}
4708 @end group
4709 @end example
4710
4711 When you are using multiple data types, @code{yylval}'s type is a union
4712 made from the @code{%union} declaration (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The
4713 Collection of Value Types}). So when you store a token's value, you
4714 must use the proper member of the union. If the @code{%union}
4715 declaration looks like this:
4716
4717 @example
4718 @group
4719 %union @{
4720 int intval;
4721 double val;
4722 symrec *tptr;
4723 @}
4724 @end group
4725 @end example
4726
4727 @noindent
4728 then the code in @code{yylex} might look like this:
4729
4730 @example
4731 @group
4732 @dots{}
4733 yylval.intval = value; /* Put value onto Bison stack. */
4734 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */
4735 @dots{}
4736 @end group
4737 @end example
4738
4739 @node Token Locations
4740 @subsection Textual Locations of Tokens
4741
4742 @vindex yylloc
4743 If you are using the @samp{@@@var{n}}-feature (@pxref{Locations, ,
4744 Tracking Locations}) in actions to keep track of the textual locations
4745 of tokens and groupings, then you must provide this information in
4746 @code{yylex}. The function @code{yyparse} expects to find the textual
4747 location of a token just parsed in the global variable @code{yylloc}.
4748 So @code{yylex} must store the proper data in that variable.
4749
4750 By default, the value of @code{yylloc} is a structure and you need only
4751 initialize the members that are going to be used by the actions. The
4752 four members are called @code{first_line}, @code{first_column},
4753 @code{last_line} and @code{last_column}. Note that the use of this
4754 feature makes the parser noticeably slower.
4755
4756 @tindex YYLTYPE
4757 The data type of @code{yylloc} has the name @code{YYLTYPE}.
4758
4759 @node Pure Calling
4760 @subsection Calling Conventions for Pure Parsers
4761
4762 When you use the Bison declaration @code{%pure-parser} to request a
4763 pure, reentrant parser, the global communication variables @code{yylval}
4764 and @code{yylloc} cannot be used. (@xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant)
4765 Parser}.) In such parsers the two global variables are replaced by
4766 pointers passed as arguments to @code{yylex}. You must declare them as
4767 shown here, and pass the information back by storing it through those
4768 pointers.
4769
4770 @example
4771 int
4772 yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, YYLTYPE *llocp)
4773 @{
4774 @dots{}
4775 *lvalp = value; /* Put value onto Bison stack. */
4776 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */
4777 @dots{}
4778 @}
4779 @end example
4780
4781 If the grammar file does not use the @samp{@@} constructs to refer to
4782 textual locations, then the type @code{YYLTYPE} will not be defined. In
4783 this case, omit the second argument; @code{yylex} will be called with
4784 only one argument.
4785
4786
4787 If you wish to pass the additional parameter data to @code{yylex}, use
4788 @code{%lex-param} just like @code{%parse-param} (@pxref{Parser
4789 Function}).
4790
4791 @deffn {Directive} lex-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
4792 @findex %lex-param
4793 Declare that the braced-code @var{argument-declaration} is an
4794 additional @code{yylex} argument declaration.
4795 @end deffn
4796
4797 For instance:
4798
4799 @example
4800 %parse-param @{int *nastiness@}
4801 %lex-param @{int *nastiness@}
4802 %parse-param @{int *randomness@}
4803 @end example
4804
4805 @noindent
4806 results in the following signature:
4807
4808 @example
4809 int yylex (int *nastiness);
4810 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
4811 @end example
4812
4813 If @code{%pure-parser} is added:
4814
4815 @example
4816 int yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, int *nastiness);
4817 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
4818 @end example
4819
4820 @noindent
4821 and finally, if both @code{%pure-parser} and @code{%locations} are used:
4822
4823 @example
4824 int yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, YYLTYPE *llocp, int *nastiness);
4825 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
4826 @end example
4827
4828 @node Error Reporting
4829 @section The Error Reporting Function @code{yyerror}
4830 @cindex error reporting function
4831 @findex yyerror
4832 @cindex parse error
4833 @cindex syntax error
4834
4835 The Bison parser detects a @dfn{syntax error} or @dfn{parse error}
4836 whenever it reads a token which cannot satisfy any syntax rule. An
4837 action in the grammar can also explicitly proclaim an error, using the
4838 macro @code{YYERROR} (@pxref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use
4839 in Actions}).
4840
4841 The Bison parser expects to report the error by calling an error
4842 reporting function named @code{yyerror}, which you must supply. It is
4843 called by @code{yyparse} whenever a syntax error is found, and it
4844 receives one argument. For a syntax error, the string is normally
4845 @w{@code{"syntax error"}}.
4846
4847 @findex %error-verbose
4848 If you invoke the directive @code{%error-verbose} in the Bison
4849 declarations section (@pxref{Bison Declarations, ,The Bison Declarations
4850 Section}), then Bison provides a more verbose and specific error message
4851 string instead of just plain @w{@code{"syntax error"}}.
4852
4853 The parser can detect one other kind of error: memory exhaustion. This
4854 can happen when the input contains constructions that are very deeply
4855 nested. It isn't likely you will encounter this, since the Bison
4856 parser normally extends its stack automatically up to a very large limit. But
4857 if memory is exhausted, @code{yyparse} calls @code{yyerror} in the usual
4858 fashion, except that the argument string is @w{@code{"memory exhausted"}}.
4859
4860 In some cases diagnostics like @w{@code{"syntax error"}} are
4861 translated automatically from English to some other language before
4862 they are passed to @code{yyerror}. @xref{Internationalization}.
4863
4864 The following definition suffices in simple programs:
4865
4866 @example
4867 @group
4868 void
4869 yyerror (char const *s)
4870 @{
4871 @end group
4872 @group
4873 fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", s);
4874 @}
4875 @end group
4876 @end example
4877
4878 After @code{yyerror} returns to @code{yyparse}, the latter will attempt
4879 error recovery if you have written suitable error recovery grammar rules
4880 (@pxref{Error Recovery}). If recovery is impossible, @code{yyparse} will
4881 immediately return 1.
4882
4883 Obviously, in location tracking pure parsers, @code{yyerror} should have
4884 an access to the current location.
4885 This is indeed the case for the @acronym{GLR}
4886 parsers, but not for the Yacc parser, for historical reasons. I.e., if
4887 @samp{%locations %pure-parser} is passed then the prototypes for
4888 @code{yyerror} are:
4889
4890 @example
4891 void yyerror (char const *msg); /* Yacc parsers. */
4892 void yyerror (YYLTYPE *locp, char const *msg); /* GLR parsers. */
4893 @end example
4894
4895 If @samp{%parse-param @{int *nastiness@}} is used, then:
4896
4897 @example
4898 void yyerror (int *nastiness, char const *msg); /* Yacc parsers. */
4899 void yyerror (int *nastiness, char const *msg); /* GLR parsers. */
4900 @end example
4901
4902 Finally, @acronym{GLR} and Yacc parsers share the same @code{yyerror} calling
4903 convention for absolutely pure parsers, i.e., when the calling
4904 convention of @code{yylex} @emph{and} the calling convention of
4905 @code{%pure-parser} are pure. I.e.:
4906
4907 @example
4908 /* Location tracking. */
4909 %locations
4910 /* Pure yylex. */
4911 %pure-parser
4912 %lex-param @{int *nastiness@}
4913 /* Pure yyparse. */
4914 %parse-param @{int *nastiness@}
4915 %parse-param @{int *randomness@}
4916 @end example
4917
4918 @noindent
4919 results in the following signatures for all the parser kinds:
4920
4921 @example
4922 int yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, YYLTYPE *llocp, int *nastiness);
4923 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
4924 void yyerror (YYLTYPE *locp,
4925 int *nastiness, int *randomness,
4926 char const *msg);
4927 @end example
4928
4929 @noindent
4930 The prototypes are only indications of how the code produced by Bison
4931 uses @code{yyerror}. Bison-generated code always ignores the returned
4932 value, so @code{yyerror} can return any type, including @code{void}.
4933 Also, @code{yyerror} can be a variadic function; that is why the
4934 message is always passed last.
4935
4936 Traditionally @code{yyerror} returns an @code{int} that is always
4937 ignored, but this is purely for historical reasons, and @code{void} is
4938 preferable since it more accurately describes the return type for
4939 @code{yyerror}.
4940
4941 @vindex yynerrs
4942 The variable @code{yynerrs} contains the number of syntax errors
4943 reported so far. Normally this variable is global; but if you
4944 request a pure parser (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser})
4945 then it is a local variable which only the actions can access.
4946
4947 @node Action Features
4948 @section Special Features for Use in Actions
4949 @cindex summary, action features
4950 @cindex action features summary
4951
4952 Here is a table of Bison constructs, variables and macros that
4953 are useful in actions.
4954
4955 @deffn {Variable} $$
4956 Acts like a variable that contains the semantic value for the
4957 grouping made by the current rule. @xref{Actions}.
4958 @end deffn
4959
4960 @deffn {Variable} $@var{n}
4961 Acts like a variable that contains the semantic value for the
4962 @var{n}th component of the current rule. @xref{Actions}.
4963 @end deffn
4964
4965 @deffn {Variable} $<@var{typealt}>$
4966 Like @code{$$} but specifies alternative @var{typealt} in the union
4967 specified by the @code{%union} declaration. @xref{Action Types, ,Data
4968 Types of Values in Actions}.
4969 @end deffn
4970
4971 @deffn {Variable} $<@var{typealt}>@var{n}
4972 Like @code{$@var{n}} but specifies alternative @var{typealt} in the
4973 union specified by the @code{%union} declaration.
4974 @xref{Action Types, ,Data Types of Values in Actions}.
4975 @end deffn
4976
4977 @deffn {Macro} YYABORT;
4978 Return immediately from @code{yyparse}, indicating failure.
4979 @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
4980 @end deffn
4981
4982 @deffn {Macro} YYACCEPT;
4983 Return immediately from @code{yyparse}, indicating success.
4984 @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
4985 @end deffn
4986
4987 @deffn {Macro} YYBACKUP (@var{token}, @var{value});
4988 @findex YYBACKUP
4989 Unshift a token. This macro is allowed only for rules that reduce
4990 a single value, and only when there is no lookahead token.
4991 It is also disallowed in @acronym{GLR} parsers.
4992 It installs a lookahead token with token type @var{token} and
4993 semantic value @var{value}; then it discards the value that was
4994 going to be reduced by this rule.
4995
4996 If the macro is used when it is not valid, such as when there is
4997 a lookahead token already, then it reports a syntax error with
4998 a message @samp{cannot back up} and performs ordinary error
4999 recovery.
5000
5001 In either case, the rest of the action is not executed.
5002 @end deffn
5003
5004 @deffn {Macro} YYEMPTY
5005 @vindex YYEMPTY
5006 Value stored in @code{yychar} when there is no lookahead token.
5007 @end deffn
5008
5009 @deffn {Macro} YYEOF
5010 @vindex YYEOF
5011 Value stored in @code{yychar} when the lookahead is the end of the input
5012 stream.
5013 @end deffn
5014
5015 @deffn {Macro} YYERROR;
5016 @findex YYERROR
5017 Cause an immediate syntax error. This statement initiates error
5018 recovery just as if the parser itself had detected an error; however, it
5019 does not call @code{yyerror}, and does not print any message. If you
5020 want to print an error message, call @code{yyerror} explicitly before
5021 the @samp{YYERROR;} statement. @xref{Error Recovery}.
5022 @end deffn
5023
5024 @deffn {Macro} YYRECOVERING
5025 @findex YYRECOVERING
5026 The expression @code{YYRECOVERING ()} yields 1 when the parser
5027 is recovering from a syntax error, and 0 otherwise.
5028 @xref{Error Recovery}.
5029 @end deffn
5030
5031 @deffn {Variable} yychar
5032 Variable containing either the lookahead token, or @code{YYEOF} when the
5033 lookahead is the end of the input stream, or @code{YYEMPTY} when no lookahead
5034 has been performed so the next token is not yet known.
5035 Do not modify @code{yychar} in a deferred semantic action (@pxref{GLR Semantic
5036 Actions}).
5037 @xref{Lookahead, ,Lookahead Tokens}.
5038 @end deffn
5039
5040 @deffn {Macro} yyclearin;
5041 Discard the current lookahead token. This is useful primarily in
5042 error rules.
5043 Do not invoke @code{yyclearin} in a deferred semantic action (@pxref{GLR
5044 Semantic Actions}).
5045 @xref{Error Recovery}.
5046 @end deffn
5047
5048 @deffn {Macro} yyerrok;
5049 Resume generating error messages immediately for subsequent syntax
5050 errors. This is useful primarily in error rules.
5051 @xref{Error Recovery}.
5052 @end deffn
5053
5054 @deffn {Variable} yylloc
5055 Variable containing the lookahead token location when @code{yychar} is not set
5056 to @code{YYEMPTY} or @code{YYEOF}.
5057 Do not modify @code{yylloc} in a deferred semantic action (@pxref{GLR Semantic
5058 Actions}).
5059 @xref{Actions and Locations, ,Actions and Locations}.
5060 @end deffn
5061
5062 @deffn {Variable} yylval
5063 Variable containing the lookahead token semantic value when @code{yychar} is
5064 not set to @code{YYEMPTY} or @code{YYEOF}.
5065 Do not modify @code{yylval} in a deferred semantic action (@pxref{GLR Semantic
5066 Actions}).
5067 @xref{Actions, ,Actions}.
5068 @end deffn
5069
5070 @deffn {Value} @@$
5071 @findex @@$
5072 Acts like a structure variable containing information on the textual location
5073 of the grouping made by the current rule. @xref{Locations, ,
5074 Tracking Locations}.
5075
5076 @c Check if those paragraphs are still useful or not.
5077
5078 @c @example
5079 @c struct @{
5080 @c int first_line, last_line;
5081 @c int first_column, last_column;
5082 @c @};
5083 @c @end example
5084
5085 @c Thus, to get the starting line number of the third component, you would
5086 @c use @samp{@@3.first_line}.
5087
5088 @c In order for the members of this structure to contain valid information,
5089 @c you must make @code{yylex} supply this information about each token.
5090 @c If you need only certain members, then @code{yylex} need only fill in
5091 @c those members.
5092
5093 @c The use of this feature makes the parser noticeably slower.
5094 @end deffn
5095
5096 @deffn {Value} @@@var{n}
5097 @findex @@@var{n}
5098 Acts like a structure variable containing information on the textual location
5099 of the @var{n}th component of the current rule. @xref{Locations, ,
5100 Tracking Locations}.
5101 @end deffn
5102
5103 @node Internationalization
5104 @section Parser Internationalization
5105 @cindex internationalization
5106 @cindex i18n
5107 @cindex NLS
5108 @cindex gettext
5109 @cindex bison-po
5110
5111 A Bison-generated parser can print diagnostics, including error and
5112 tracing messages. By default, they appear in English. However, Bison
5113 also supports outputting diagnostics in the user's native language. To
5114 make this work, the user should set the usual environment variables.
5115 @xref{Users, , The User's View, gettext, GNU @code{gettext} utilities}.
5116 For example, the shell command @samp{export LC_ALL=fr_CA.UTF-8} might
5117 set the user's locale to French Canadian using the @acronym{UTF}-8
5118 encoding. The exact set of available locales depends on the user's
5119 installation.
5120
5121 The maintainer of a package that uses a Bison-generated parser enables
5122 the internationalization of the parser's output through the following
5123 steps. Here we assume a package that uses @acronym{GNU} Autoconf and
5124 @acronym{GNU} Automake.
5125
5126 @enumerate
5127 @item
5128 @cindex bison-i18n.m4
5129 Into the directory containing the @acronym{GNU} Autoconf macros used
5130 by the package---often called @file{m4}---copy the
5131 @file{bison-i18n.m4} file installed by Bison under
5132 @samp{share/aclocal/bison-i18n.m4} in Bison's installation directory.
5133 For example:
5134
5135 @example
5136 cp /usr/local/share/aclocal/bison-i18n.m4 m4/bison-i18n.m4
5137 @end example
5138
5139 @item
5140 @findex BISON_I18N
5141 @vindex BISON_LOCALEDIR
5142 @vindex YYENABLE_NLS
5143 In the top-level @file{configure.ac}, after the @code{AM_GNU_GETTEXT}
5144 invocation, add an invocation of @code{BISON_I18N}. This macro is
5145 defined in the file @file{bison-i18n.m4} that you copied earlier. It
5146 causes @samp{configure} to find the value of the
5147 @code{BISON_LOCALEDIR} variable, and it defines the source-language
5148 symbol @code{YYENABLE_NLS} to enable translations in the
5149 Bison-generated parser.
5150
5151 @item
5152 In the @code{main} function of your program, designate the directory
5153 containing Bison's runtime message catalog, through a call to
5154 @samp{bindtextdomain} with domain name @samp{bison-runtime}.
5155 For example:
5156
5157 @example
5158 bindtextdomain ("bison-runtime", BISON_LOCALEDIR);
5159 @end example
5160
5161 Typically this appears after any other call @code{bindtextdomain
5162 (PACKAGE, LOCALEDIR)} that your package already has. Here we rely on
5163 @samp{BISON_LOCALEDIR} to be defined as a string through the
5164 @file{Makefile}.
5165
5166 @item
5167 In the @file{Makefile.am} that controls the compilation of the @code{main}
5168 function, make @samp{BISON_LOCALEDIR} available as a C preprocessor macro,
5169 either in @samp{DEFS} or in @samp{AM_CPPFLAGS}. For example:
5170
5171 @example
5172 DEFS = @@DEFS@@ -DBISON_LOCALEDIR='"$(BISON_LOCALEDIR)"'
5173 @end example
5174
5175 or:
5176
5177 @example
5178 AM_CPPFLAGS = -DBISON_LOCALEDIR='"$(BISON_LOCALEDIR)"'
5179 @end example
5180
5181 @item
5182 Finally, invoke the command @command{autoreconf} to generate the build
5183 infrastructure.
5184 @end enumerate
5185
5186
5187 @node Algorithm
5188 @chapter The Bison Parser Algorithm
5189 @cindex Bison parser algorithm
5190 @cindex algorithm of parser
5191 @cindex shifting
5192 @cindex reduction
5193 @cindex parser stack
5194 @cindex stack, parser
5195
5196 As Bison reads tokens, it pushes them onto a stack along with their
5197 semantic values. The stack is called the @dfn{parser stack}. Pushing a
5198 token is traditionally called @dfn{shifting}.
5199
5200 For example, suppose the infix calculator has read @samp{1 + 5 *}, with a
5201 @samp{3} to come. The stack will have four elements, one for each token
5202 that was shifted.
5203
5204 But the stack does not always have an element for each token read. When
5205 the last @var{n} tokens and groupings shifted match the components of a
5206 grammar rule, they can be combined according to that rule. This is called
5207 @dfn{reduction}. Those tokens and groupings are replaced on the stack by a
5208 single grouping whose symbol is the result (left hand side) of that rule.
5209 Running the rule's action is part of the process of reduction, because this
5210 is what computes the semantic value of the resulting grouping.
5211
5212 For example, if the infix calculator's parser stack contains this:
5213
5214 @example
5215 1 + 5 * 3
5216 @end example
5217
5218 @noindent
5219 and the next input token is a newline character, then the last three
5220 elements can be reduced to 15 via the rule:
5221
5222 @example
5223 expr: expr '*' expr;
5224 @end example
5225
5226 @noindent
5227 Then the stack contains just these three elements:
5228
5229 @example
5230 1 + 15
5231 @end example
5232
5233 @noindent
5234 At this point, another reduction can be made, resulting in the single value
5235 16. Then the newline token can be shifted.
5236
5237 The parser tries, by shifts and reductions, to reduce the entire input down
5238 to a single grouping whose symbol is the grammar's start-symbol
5239 (@pxref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}).
5240
5241 This kind of parser is known in the literature as a bottom-up parser.
5242
5243 @menu
5244 * Lookahead:: Parser looks one token ahead when deciding what to do.
5245 * Shift/Reduce:: Conflicts: when either shifting or reduction is valid.
5246 * Precedence:: Operator precedence works by resolving conflicts.
5247 * Contextual Precedence:: When an operator's precedence depends on context.
5248 * Parser States:: The parser is a finite-state-machine with stack.
5249 * Reduce/Reduce:: When two rules are applicable in the same situation.
5250 * Mystery Conflicts:: Reduce/reduce conflicts that look unjustified.
5251 * Generalized LR Parsing:: Parsing arbitrary context-free grammars.
5252 * Memory Management:: What happens when memory is exhausted. How to avoid it.
5253 @end menu
5254
5255 @node Lookahead
5256 @section Lookahead Tokens
5257 @cindex lookahead token
5258
5259 The Bison parser does @emph{not} always reduce immediately as soon as the
5260 last @var{n} tokens and groupings match a rule. This is because such a
5261 simple strategy is inadequate to handle most languages. Instead, when a
5262 reduction is possible, the parser sometimes ``looks ahead'' at the next
5263 token in order to decide what to do.
5264
5265 When a token is read, it is not immediately shifted; first it becomes the
5266 @dfn{lookahead token}, which is not on the stack. Now the parser can
5267 perform one or more reductions of tokens and groupings on the stack, while
5268 the lookahead token remains off to the side. When no more reductions
5269 should take place, the lookahead token is shifted onto the stack. This
5270 does not mean that all possible reductions have been done; depending on the
5271 token type of the lookahead token, some rules may choose to delay their
5272 application.
5273
5274 Here is a simple case where lookahead is needed. These three rules define
5275 expressions which contain binary addition operators and postfix unary
5276 factorial operators (@samp{!}), and allow parentheses for grouping.
5277
5278 @example
5279 @group
5280 expr: term '+' expr
5281 | term
5282 ;
5283 @end group
5284
5285 @group
5286 term: '(' expr ')'
5287 | term '!'
5288 | NUMBER
5289 ;
5290 @end group
5291 @end example
5292
5293 Suppose that the tokens @w{@samp{1 + 2}} have been read and shifted; what
5294 should be done? If the following token is @samp{)}, then the first three
5295 tokens must be reduced to form an @code{expr}. This is the only valid
5296 course, because shifting the @samp{)} would produce a sequence of symbols
5297 @w{@code{term ')'}}, and no rule allows this.
5298
5299 If the following token is @samp{!}, then it must be shifted immediately so
5300 that @w{@samp{2 !}} can be reduced to make a @code{term}. If instead the
5301 parser were to reduce before shifting, @w{@samp{1 + 2}} would become an
5302 @code{expr}. It would then be impossible to shift the @samp{!} because
5303 doing so would produce on the stack the sequence of symbols @code{expr
5304 '!'}. No rule allows that sequence.
5305
5306 @vindex yychar
5307 @vindex yylval
5308 @vindex yylloc
5309 The lookahead token is stored in the variable @code{yychar}.
5310 Its semantic value and location, if any, are stored in the variables
5311 @code{yylval} and @code{yylloc}.
5312 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
5313
5314 @node Shift/Reduce
5315 @section Shift/Reduce Conflicts
5316 @cindex conflicts
5317 @cindex shift/reduce conflicts
5318 @cindex dangling @code{else}
5319 @cindex @code{else}, dangling
5320
5321 Suppose we are parsing a language which has if-then and if-then-else
5322 statements, with a pair of rules like this:
5323
5324 @example
5325 @group
5326 if_stmt:
5327 IF expr THEN stmt
5328 | IF expr THEN stmt ELSE stmt
5329 ;
5330 @end group
5331 @end example
5332
5333 @noindent
5334 Here we assume that @code{IF}, @code{THEN} and @code{ELSE} are
5335 terminal symbols for specific keyword tokens.
5336
5337 When the @code{ELSE} token is read and becomes the lookahead token, the
5338 contents of the stack (assuming the input is valid) are just right for
5339 reduction by the first rule. But it is also legitimate to shift the
5340 @code{ELSE}, because that would lead to eventual reduction by the second
5341 rule.
5342
5343 This situation, where either a shift or a reduction would be valid, is
5344 called a @dfn{shift/reduce conflict}. Bison is designed to resolve
5345 these conflicts by choosing to shift, unless otherwise directed by
5346 operator precedence declarations. To see the reason for this, let's
5347 contrast it with the other alternative.
5348
5349 Since the parser prefers to shift the @code{ELSE}, the result is to attach
5350 the else-clause to the innermost if-statement, making these two inputs
5351 equivalent:
5352
5353 @example
5354 if x then if y then win (); else lose;
5355
5356 if x then do; if y then win (); else lose; end;
5357 @end example
5358
5359 But if the parser chose to reduce when possible rather than shift, the
5360 result would be to attach the else-clause to the outermost if-statement,
5361 making these two inputs equivalent:
5362
5363 @example
5364 if x then if y then win (); else lose;
5365
5366 if x then do; if y then win (); end; else lose;
5367 @end example
5368
5369 The conflict exists because the grammar as written is ambiguous: either
5370 parsing of the simple nested if-statement is legitimate. The established
5371 convention is that these ambiguities are resolved by attaching the
5372 else-clause to the innermost if-statement; this is what Bison accomplishes
5373 by choosing to shift rather than reduce. (It would ideally be cleaner to
5374 write an unambiguous grammar, but that is very hard to do in this case.)
5375 This particular ambiguity was first encountered in the specifications of
5376 Algol 60 and is called the ``dangling @code{else}'' ambiguity.
5377
5378 To avoid warnings from Bison about predictable, legitimate shift/reduce
5379 conflicts, use the @code{%expect @var{n}} declaration. There will be no
5380 warning as long as the number of shift/reduce conflicts is exactly @var{n}.
5381 @xref{Expect Decl, ,Suppressing Conflict Warnings}.
5382
5383 The definition of @code{if_stmt} above is solely to blame for the
5384 conflict, but the conflict does not actually appear without additional
5385 rules. Here is a complete Bison input file that actually manifests the
5386 conflict:
5387
5388 @example
5389 @group
5390 %token IF THEN ELSE variable
5391 %%
5392 @end group
5393 @group
5394 stmt: expr
5395 | if_stmt
5396 ;
5397 @end group
5398
5399 @group
5400 if_stmt:
5401 IF expr THEN stmt
5402 | IF expr THEN stmt ELSE stmt
5403 ;
5404 @end group
5405
5406 expr: variable
5407 ;
5408 @end example
5409
5410 @node Precedence
5411 @section Operator Precedence
5412 @cindex operator precedence
5413 @cindex precedence of operators
5414
5415 Another situation where shift/reduce conflicts appear is in arithmetic
5416 expressions. Here shifting is not always the preferred resolution; the
5417 Bison declarations for operator precedence allow you to specify when to
5418 shift and when to reduce.
5419
5420 @menu
5421 * Why Precedence:: An example showing why precedence is needed.
5422 * Using Precedence:: How to specify precedence in Bison grammars.
5423 * Precedence Examples:: How these features are used in the previous example.
5424 * How Precedence:: How they work.
5425 @end menu
5426
5427 @node Why Precedence
5428 @subsection When Precedence is Needed
5429
5430 Consider the following ambiguous grammar fragment (ambiguous because the
5431 input @w{@samp{1 - 2 * 3}} can be parsed in two different ways):
5432
5433 @example
5434 @group
5435 expr: expr '-' expr
5436 | expr '*' expr
5437 | expr '<' expr
5438 | '(' expr ')'
5439 @dots{}
5440 ;
5441 @end group
5442 @end example
5443
5444 @noindent
5445 Suppose the parser has seen the tokens @samp{1}, @samp{-} and @samp{2};
5446 should it reduce them via the rule for the subtraction operator? It
5447 depends on the next token. Of course, if the next token is @samp{)}, we
5448 must reduce; shifting is invalid because no single rule can reduce the
5449 token sequence @w{@samp{- 2 )}} or anything starting with that. But if
5450 the next token is @samp{*} or @samp{<}, we have a choice: either
5451 shifting or reduction would allow the parse to complete, but with
5452 different results.
5453
5454 To decide which one Bison should do, we must consider the results. If
5455 the next operator token @var{op} is shifted, then it must be reduced
5456 first in order to permit another opportunity to reduce the difference.
5457 The result is (in effect) @w{@samp{1 - (2 @var{op} 3)}}. On the other
5458 hand, if the subtraction is reduced before shifting @var{op}, the result
5459 is @w{@samp{(1 - 2) @var{op} 3}}. Clearly, then, the choice of shift or
5460 reduce should depend on the relative precedence of the operators
5461 @samp{-} and @var{op}: @samp{*} should be shifted first, but not
5462 @samp{<}.
5463
5464 @cindex associativity
5465 What about input such as @w{@samp{1 - 2 - 5}}; should this be
5466 @w{@samp{(1 - 2) - 5}} or should it be @w{@samp{1 - (2 - 5)}}? For most
5467 operators we prefer the former, which is called @dfn{left association}.
5468 The latter alternative, @dfn{right association}, is desirable for
5469 assignment operators. The choice of left or right association is a
5470 matter of whether the parser chooses to shift or reduce when the stack
5471 contains @w{@samp{1 - 2}} and the lookahead token is @samp{-}: shifting
5472 makes right-associativity.
5473
5474 @node Using Precedence
5475 @subsection Specifying Operator Precedence
5476 @findex %left
5477 @findex %right
5478 @findex %nonassoc
5479
5480 Bison allows you to specify these choices with the operator precedence
5481 declarations @code{%left} and @code{%right}. Each such declaration
5482 contains a list of tokens, which are operators whose precedence and
5483 associativity is being declared. The @code{%left} declaration makes all
5484 those operators left-associative and the @code{%right} declaration makes
5485 them right-associative. A third alternative is @code{%nonassoc}, which
5486 declares that it is a syntax error to find the same operator twice ``in a
5487 row''.
5488
5489 The relative precedence of different operators is controlled by the
5490 order in which they are declared. The first @code{%left} or
5491 @code{%right} declaration in the file declares the operators whose
5492 precedence is lowest, the next such declaration declares the operators
5493 whose precedence is a little higher, and so on.
5494
5495 @node Precedence Examples
5496 @subsection Precedence Examples
5497
5498 In our example, we would want the following declarations:
5499
5500 @example
5501 %left '<'
5502 %left '-'
5503 %left '*'
5504 @end example
5505
5506 In a more complete example, which supports other operators as well, we
5507 would declare them in groups of equal precedence. For example, @code{'+'} is
5508 declared with @code{'-'}:
5509
5510 @example
5511 %left '<' '>' '=' NE LE GE
5512 %left '+' '-'
5513 %left '*' '/'
5514 @end example
5515
5516 @noindent
5517 (Here @code{NE} and so on stand for the operators for ``not equal''
5518 and so on. We assume that these tokens are more than one character long
5519 and therefore are represented by names, not character literals.)
5520
5521 @node How Precedence
5522 @subsection How Precedence Works
5523
5524 The first effect of the precedence declarations is to assign precedence
5525 levels to the terminal symbols declared. The second effect is to assign
5526 precedence levels to certain rules: each rule gets its precedence from
5527 the last terminal symbol mentioned in the components. (You can also
5528 specify explicitly the precedence of a rule. @xref{Contextual
5529 Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}.)
5530
5531 Finally, the resolution of conflicts works by comparing the precedence
5532 of the rule being considered with that of the lookahead token. If the
5533 token's precedence is higher, the choice is to shift. If the rule's
5534 precedence is higher, the choice is to reduce. If they have equal
5535 precedence, the choice is made based on the associativity of that
5536 precedence level. The verbose output file made by @samp{-v}
5537 (@pxref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}) says how each conflict was
5538 resolved.
5539
5540 Not all rules and not all tokens have precedence. If either the rule or
5541 the lookahead token has no precedence, then the default is to shift.
5542
5543 @node Contextual Precedence
5544 @section Context-Dependent Precedence
5545 @cindex context-dependent precedence
5546 @cindex unary operator precedence
5547 @cindex precedence, context-dependent
5548 @cindex precedence, unary operator
5549 @findex %prec
5550
5551 Often the precedence of an operator depends on the context. This sounds
5552 outlandish at first, but it is really very common. For example, a minus
5553 sign typically has a very high precedence as a unary operator, and a
5554 somewhat lower precedence (lower than multiplication) as a binary operator.
5555
5556 The Bison precedence declarations, @code{%left}, @code{%right} and
5557 @code{%nonassoc}, can only be used once for a given token; so a token has
5558 only one precedence declared in this way. For context-dependent
5559 precedence, you need to use an additional mechanism: the @code{%prec}
5560 modifier for rules.
5561
5562 The @code{%prec} modifier declares the precedence of a particular rule by
5563 specifying a terminal symbol whose precedence should be used for that rule.
5564 It's not necessary for that symbol to appear otherwise in the rule. The
5565 modifier's syntax is:
5566
5567 @example
5568 %prec @var{terminal-symbol}
5569 @end example
5570
5571 @noindent
5572 and it is written after the components of the rule. Its effect is to
5573 assign the rule the precedence of @var{terminal-symbol}, overriding
5574 the precedence that would be deduced for it in the ordinary way. The
5575 altered rule precedence then affects how conflicts involving that rule
5576 are resolved (@pxref{Precedence, ,Operator Precedence}).
5577
5578 Here is how @code{%prec} solves the problem of unary minus. First, declare
5579 a precedence for a fictitious terminal symbol named @code{UMINUS}. There
5580 are no tokens of this type, but the symbol serves to stand for its
5581 precedence:
5582
5583 @example
5584 @dots{}
5585 %left '+' '-'
5586 %left '*'
5587 %left UMINUS
5588 @end example
5589
5590 Now the precedence of @code{UMINUS} can be used in specific rules:
5591
5592 @example
5593 @group
5594 exp: @dots{}
5595 | exp '-' exp
5596 @dots{}
5597 | '-' exp %prec UMINUS
5598 @end group
5599 @end example
5600
5601 @ifset defaultprec
5602 If you forget to append @code{%prec UMINUS} to the rule for unary
5603 minus, Bison silently assumes that minus has its usual precedence.
5604 This kind of problem can be tricky to debug, since one typically
5605 discovers the mistake only by testing the code.
5606
5607 The @code{%no-default-prec;} declaration makes it easier to discover
5608 this kind of problem systematically. It causes rules that lack a
5609 @code{%prec} modifier to have no precedence, even if the last terminal
5610 symbol mentioned in their components has a declared precedence.
5611
5612 If @code{%no-default-prec;} is in effect, you must specify @code{%prec}
5613 for all rules that participate in precedence conflict resolution.
5614 Then you will see any shift/reduce conflict until you tell Bison how
5615 to resolve it, either by changing your grammar or by adding an
5616 explicit precedence. This will probably add declarations to the
5617 grammar, but it helps to protect against incorrect rule precedences.
5618
5619 The effect of @code{%no-default-prec;} can be reversed by giving
5620 @code{%default-prec;}, which is the default.
5621 @end ifset
5622
5623 @node Parser States
5624 @section Parser States
5625 @cindex finite-state machine
5626 @cindex parser state
5627 @cindex state (of parser)
5628
5629 The function @code{yyparse} is implemented using a finite-state machine.
5630 The values pushed on the parser stack are not simply token type codes; they
5631 represent the entire sequence of terminal and nonterminal symbols at or
5632 near the top of the stack. The current state collects all the information
5633 about previous input which is relevant to deciding what to do next.
5634
5635 Each time a lookahead token is read, the current parser state together
5636 with the type of lookahead token are looked up in a table. This table
5637 entry can say, ``Shift the lookahead token.'' In this case, it also
5638 specifies the new parser state, which is pushed onto the top of the
5639 parser stack. Or it can say, ``Reduce using rule number @var{n}.''
5640 This means that a certain number of tokens or groupings are taken off
5641 the top of the stack, and replaced by one grouping. In other words,
5642 that number of states are popped from the stack, and one new state is
5643 pushed.
5644
5645 There is one other alternative: the table can say that the lookahead token
5646 is erroneous in the current state. This causes error processing to begin
5647 (@pxref{Error Recovery}).
5648
5649 @node Reduce/Reduce
5650 @section Reduce/Reduce Conflicts
5651 @cindex reduce/reduce conflict
5652 @cindex conflicts, reduce/reduce
5653
5654 A reduce/reduce conflict occurs if there are two or more rules that apply
5655 to the same sequence of input. This usually indicates a serious error
5656 in the grammar.
5657
5658 For example, here is an erroneous attempt to define a sequence
5659 of zero or more @code{word} groupings.
5660
5661 @example
5662 sequence: /* empty */
5663 @{ printf ("empty sequence\n"); @}
5664 | maybeword
5665 | sequence word
5666 @{ printf ("added word %s\n", $2); @}
5667 ;
5668
5669 maybeword: /* empty */
5670 @{ printf ("empty maybeword\n"); @}
5671 | word
5672 @{ printf ("single word %s\n", $1); @}
5673 ;
5674 @end example
5675
5676 @noindent
5677 The error is an ambiguity: there is more than one way to parse a single
5678 @code{word} into a @code{sequence}. It could be reduced to a
5679 @code{maybeword} and then into a @code{sequence} via the second rule.
5680 Alternatively, nothing-at-all could be reduced into a @code{sequence}
5681 via the first rule, and this could be combined with the @code{word}
5682 using the third rule for @code{sequence}.
5683
5684 There is also more than one way to reduce nothing-at-all into a
5685 @code{sequence}. This can be done directly via the first rule,
5686 or indirectly via @code{maybeword} and then the second rule.
5687
5688 You might think that this is a distinction without a difference, because it
5689 does not change whether any particular input is valid or not. But it does
5690 affect which actions are run. One parsing order runs the second rule's
5691 action; the other runs the first rule's action and the third rule's action.
5692 In this example, the output of the program changes.
5693
5694 Bison resolves a reduce/reduce conflict by choosing to use the rule that
5695 appears first in the grammar, but it is very risky to rely on this. Every
5696 reduce/reduce conflict must be studied and usually eliminated. Here is the
5697 proper way to define @code{sequence}:
5698
5699 @example
5700 sequence: /* empty */
5701 @{ printf ("empty sequence\n"); @}
5702 | sequence word
5703 @{ printf ("added word %s\n", $2); @}
5704 ;
5705 @end example
5706
5707 Here is another common error that yields a reduce/reduce conflict:
5708
5709 @example
5710 sequence: /* empty */
5711 | sequence words
5712 | sequence redirects
5713 ;
5714
5715 words: /* empty */
5716 | words word
5717 ;
5718
5719 redirects:/* empty */
5720 | redirects redirect
5721 ;
5722 @end example
5723
5724 @noindent
5725 The intention here is to define a sequence which can contain either
5726 @code{word} or @code{redirect} groupings. The individual definitions of
5727 @code{sequence}, @code{words} and @code{redirects} are error-free, but the
5728 three together make a subtle ambiguity: even an empty input can be parsed
5729 in infinitely many ways!
5730
5731 Consider: nothing-at-all could be a @code{words}. Or it could be two
5732 @code{words} in a row, or three, or any number. It could equally well be a
5733 @code{redirects}, or two, or any number. Or it could be a @code{words}
5734 followed by three @code{redirects} and another @code{words}. And so on.
5735
5736 Here are two ways to correct these rules. First, to make it a single level
5737 of sequence:
5738
5739 @example
5740 sequence: /* empty */
5741 | sequence word
5742 | sequence redirect
5743 ;
5744 @end example
5745
5746 Second, to prevent either a @code{words} or a @code{redirects}
5747 from being empty:
5748
5749 @example
5750 sequence: /* empty */
5751 | sequence words
5752 | sequence redirects
5753 ;
5754
5755 words: word
5756 | words word
5757 ;
5758
5759 redirects:redirect
5760 | redirects redirect
5761 ;
5762 @end example
5763
5764 @node Mystery Conflicts
5765 @section Mysterious Reduce/Reduce Conflicts
5766
5767 Sometimes reduce/reduce conflicts can occur that don't look warranted.
5768 Here is an example:
5769
5770 @example
5771 @group
5772 %token ID
5773
5774 %%
5775 def: param_spec return_spec ','
5776 ;
5777 param_spec:
5778 type
5779 | name_list ':' type
5780 ;
5781 @end group
5782 @group
5783 return_spec:
5784 type
5785 | name ':' type
5786 ;
5787 @end group
5788 @group
5789 type: ID
5790 ;
5791 @end group
5792 @group
5793 name: ID
5794 ;
5795 name_list:
5796 name
5797 | name ',' name_list
5798 ;
5799 @end group
5800 @end example
5801
5802 It would seem that this grammar can be parsed with only a single token
5803 of lookahead: when a @code{param_spec} is being read, an @code{ID} is
5804 a @code{name} if a comma or colon follows, or a @code{type} if another
5805 @code{ID} follows. In other words, this grammar is @acronym{LR}(1).
5806
5807 @cindex @acronym{LR}(1)
5808 @cindex @acronym{LALR}(1)
5809 However, Bison, like most parser generators, cannot actually handle all
5810 @acronym{LR}(1) grammars. In this grammar, two contexts, that after
5811 an @code{ID}
5812 at the beginning of a @code{param_spec} and likewise at the beginning of
5813 a @code{return_spec}, are similar enough that Bison assumes they are the
5814 same. They appear similar because the same set of rules would be
5815 active---the rule for reducing to a @code{name} and that for reducing to
5816 a @code{type}. Bison is unable to determine at that stage of processing
5817 that the rules would require different lookahead tokens in the two
5818 contexts, so it makes a single parser state for them both. Combining
5819 the two contexts causes a conflict later. In parser terminology, this
5820 occurrence means that the grammar is not @acronym{LALR}(1).
5821
5822 In general, it is better to fix deficiencies than to document them. But
5823 this particular deficiency is intrinsically hard to fix; parser
5824 generators that can handle @acronym{LR}(1) grammars are hard to write
5825 and tend to
5826 produce parsers that are very large. In practice, Bison is more useful
5827 as it is now.
5828
5829 When the problem arises, you can often fix it by identifying the two
5830 parser states that are being confused, and adding something to make them
5831 look distinct. In the above example, adding one rule to
5832 @code{return_spec} as follows makes the problem go away:
5833
5834 @example
5835 @group
5836 %token BOGUS
5837 @dots{}
5838 %%
5839 @dots{}
5840 return_spec:
5841 type
5842 | name ':' type
5843 /* This rule is never used. */
5844 | ID BOGUS
5845 ;
5846 @end group
5847 @end example
5848
5849 This corrects the problem because it introduces the possibility of an
5850 additional active rule in the context after the @code{ID} at the beginning of
5851 @code{return_spec}. This rule is not active in the corresponding context
5852 in a @code{param_spec}, so the two contexts receive distinct parser states.
5853 As long as the token @code{BOGUS} is never generated by @code{yylex},
5854 the added rule cannot alter the way actual input is parsed.
5855
5856 In this particular example, there is another way to solve the problem:
5857 rewrite the rule for @code{return_spec} to use @code{ID} directly
5858 instead of via @code{name}. This also causes the two confusing
5859 contexts to have different sets of active rules, because the one for
5860 @code{return_spec} activates the altered rule for @code{return_spec}
5861 rather than the one for @code{name}.
5862
5863 @example
5864 param_spec:
5865 type
5866 | name_list ':' type
5867 ;
5868 return_spec:
5869 type
5870 | ID ':' type
5871 ;
5872 @end example
5873
5874 For a more detailed exposition of @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers and parser
5875 generators, please see:
5876 Frank DeRemer and Thomas Pennello, Efficient Computation of
5877 @acronym{LALR}(1) Look-Ahead Sets, @cite{@acronym{ACM} Transactions on
5878 Programming Languages and Systems}, Vol.@: 4, No.@: 4 (October 1982),
5879 pp.@: 615--649 @uref{http://doi.acm.org/10.1145/69622.357187}.
5880
5881 @node Generalized LR Parsing
5882 @section Generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) Parsing
5883 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing
5884 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing
5885 @cindex ambiguous grammars
5886 @cindex nondeterministic parsing
5887
5888 Bison produces @emph{deterministic} parsers that choose uniquely
5889 when to reduce and which reduction to apply
5890 based on a summary of the preceding input and on one extra token of lookahead.
5891 As a result, normal Bison handles a proper subset of the family of
5892 context-free languages.
5893 Ambiguous grammars, since they have strings with more than one possible
5894 sequence of reductions cannot have deterministic parsers in this sense.
5895 The same is true of languages that require more than one symbol of
5896 lookahead, since the parser lacks the information necessary to make a
5897 decision at the point it must be made in a shift-reduce parser.
5898 Finally, as previously mentioned (@pxref{Mystery Conflicts}),
5899 there are languages where Bison's particular choice of how to
5900 summarize the input seen so far loses necessary information.
5901
5902 When you use the @samp{%glr-parser} declaration in your grammar file,
5903 Bison generates a parser that uses a different algorithm, called
5904 Generalized @acronym{LR} (or @acronym{GLR}). A Bison @acronym{GLR}
5905 parser uses the same basic
5906 algorithm for parsing as an ordinary Bison parser, but behaves
5907 differently in cases where there is a shift-reduce conflict that has not
5908 been resolved by precedence rules (@pxref{Precedence}) or a
5909 reduce-reduce conflict. When a @acronym{GLR} parser encounters such a
5910 situation, it
5911 effectively @emph{splits} into a several parsers, one for each possible
5912 shift or reduction. These parsers then proceed as usual, consuming
5913 tokens in lock-step. Some of the stacks may encounter other conflicts
5914 and split further, with the result that instead of a sequence of states,
5915 a Bison @acronym{GLR} parsing stack is what is in effect a tree of states.
5916
5917 In effect, each stack represents a guess as to what the proper parse
5918 is. Additional input may indicate that a guess was wrong, in which case
5919 the appropriate stack silently disappears. Otherwise, the semantics
5920 actions generated in each stack are saved, rather than being executed
5921 immediately. When a stack disappears, its saved semantic actions never
5922 get executed. When a reduction causes two stacks to become equivalent,
5923 their sets of semantic actions are both saved with the state that
5924 results from the reduction. We say that two stacks are equivalent
5925 when they both represent the same sequence of states,
5926 and each pair of corresponding states represents a
5927 grammar symbol that produces the same segment of the input token
5928 stream.
5929
5930 Whenever the parser makes a transition from having multiple
5931 states to having one, it reverts to the normal @acronym{LALR}(1) parsing
5932 algorithm, after resolving and executing the saved-up actions.
5933 At this transition, some of the states on the stack will have semantic
5934 values that are sets (actually multisets) of possible actions. The
5935 parser tries to pick one of the actions by first finding one whose rule
5936 has the highest dynamic precedence, as set by the @samp{%dprec}
5937 declaration. Otherwise, if the alternative actions are not ordered by
5938 precedence, but there the same merging function is declared for both
5939 rules by the @samp{%merge} declaration,
5940 Bison resolves and evaluates both and then calls the merge function on
5941 the result. Otherwise, it reports an ambiguity.
5942
5943 It is possible to use a data structure for the @acronym{GLR} parsing tree that
5944 permits the processing of any @acronym{LALR}(1) grammar in linear time (in the
5945 size of the input), any unambiguous (not necessarily
5946 @acronym{LALR}(1)) grammar in
5947 quadratic worst-case time, and any general (possibly ambiguous)
5948 context-free grammar in cubic worst-case time. However, Bison currently
5949 uses a simpler data structure that requires time proportional to the
5950 length of the input times the maximum number of stacks required for any
5951 prefix of the input. Thus, really ambiguous or nondeterministic
5952 grammars can require exponential time and space to process. Such badly
5953 behaving examples, however, are not generally of practical interest.
5954 Usually, nondeterminism in a grammar is local---the parser is ``in
5955 doubt'' only for a few tokens at a time. Therefore, the current data
5956 structure should generally be adequate. On @acronym{LALR}(1) portions of a
5957 grammar, in particular, it is only slightly slower than with the default
5958 Bison parser.
5959
5960 For a more detailed exposition of @acronym{GLR} parsers, please see: Elizabeth
5961 Scott, Adrian Johnstone and Shamsa Sadaf Hussain, Tomita-Style
5962 Generalised @acronym{LR} Parsers, Royal Holloway, University of
5963 London, Department of Computer Science, TR-00-12,
5964 @uref{http://www.cs.rhul.ac.uk/research/languages/publications/tomita_style_1.ps},
5965 (2000-12-24).
5966
5967 @node Memory Management
5968 @section Memory Management, and How to Avoid Memory Exhaustion
5969 @cindex memory exhaustion
5970 @cindex memory management
5971 @cindex stack overflow
5972 @cindex parser stack overflow
5973 @cindex overflow of parser stack
5974
5975 The Bison parser stack can run out of memory if too many tokens are shifted and
5976 not reduced. When this happens, the parser function @code{yyparse}
5977 calls @code{yyerror} and then returns 2.
5978
5979 Because Bison parsers have growing stacks, hitting the upper limit
5980 usually results from using a right recursion instead of a left
5981 recursion, @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive Rules}.
5982
5983 @vindex YYMAXDEPTH
5984 By defining the macro @code{YYMAXDEPTH}, you can control how deep the
5985 parser stack can become before memory is exhausted. Define the
5986 macro with a value that is an integer. This value is the maximum number
5987 of tokens that can be shifted (and not reduced) before overflow.
5988
5989 The stack space allowed is not necessarily allocated. If you specify a
5990 large value for @code{YYMAXDEPTH}, the parser normally allocates a small
5991 stack at first, and then makes it bigger by stages as needed. This
5992 increasing allocation happens automatically and silently. Therefore,
5993 you do not need to make @code{YYMAXDEPTH} painfully small merely to save
5994 space for ordinary inputs that do not need much stack.
5995
5996 However, do not allow @code{YYMAXDEPTH} to be a value so large that
5997 arithmetic overflow could occur when calculating the size of the stack
5998 space. Also, do not allow @code{YYMAXDEPTH} to be less than
5999 @code{YYINITDEPTH}.
6000
6001 @cindex default stack limit
6002 The default value of @code{YYMAXDEPTH}, if you do not define it, is
6003 10000.
6004
6005 @vindex YYINITDEPTH
6006 You can control how much stack is allocated initially by defining the
6007 macro @code{YYINITDEPTH} to a positive integer. For the C
6008 @acronym{LALR}(1) parser, this value must be a compile-time constant
6009 unless you are assuming C99 or some other target language or compiler
6010 that allows variable-length arrays. The default is 200.
6011
6012 Do not allow @code{YYINITDEPTH} to be greater than @code{YYMAXDEPTH}.
6013
6014 @c FIXME: C++ output.
6015 Because of semantical differences between C and C++, the
6016 @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers in C produced by Bison cannot grow when compiled
6017 by C++ compilers. In this precise case (compiling a C parser as C++) you are
6018 suggested to grow @code{YYINITDEPTH}. The Bison maintainers hope to fix
6019 this deficiency in a future release.
6020
6021 @node Error Recovery
6022 @chapter Error Recovery
6023 @cindex error recovery
6024 @cindex recovery from errors
6025
6026 It is not usually acceptable to have a program terminate on a syntax
6027 error. For example, a compiler should recover sufficiently to parse the
6028 rest of the input file and check it for errors; a calculator should accept
6029 another expression.
6030
6031 In a simple interactive command parser where each input is one line, it may
6032 be sufficient to allow @code{yyparse} to return 1 on error and have the
6033 caller ignore the rest of the input line when that happens (and then call
6034 @code{yyparse} again). But this is inadequate for a compiler, because it
6035 forgets all the syntactic context leading up to the error. A syntax error
6036 deep within a function in the compiler input should not cause the compiler
6037 to treat the following line like the beginning of a source file.
6038
6039 @findex error
6040 You can define how to recover from a syntax error by writing rules to
6041 recognize the special token @code{error}. This is a terminal symbol that
6042 is always defined (you need not declare it) and reserved for error
6043 handling. The Bison parser generates an @code{error} token whenever a
6044 syntax error happens; if you have provided a rule to recognize this token
6045 in the current context, the parse can continue.
6046
6047 For example:
6048
6049 @example
6050 stmnts: /* empty string */
6051 | stmnts '\n'
6052 | stmnts exp '\n'
6053 | stmnts error '\n'
6054 @end example
6055
6056 The fourth rule in this example says that an error followed by a newline
6057 makes a valid addition to any @code{stmnts}.
6058
6059 What happens if a syntax error occurs in the middle of an @code{exp}? The
6060 error recovery rule, interpreted strictly, applies to the precise sequence
6061 of a @code{stmnts}, an @code{error} and a newline. If an error occurs in
6062 the middle of an @code{exp}, there will probably be some additional tokens
6063 and subexpressions on the stack after the last @code{stmnts}, and there
6064 will be tokens to read before the next newline. So the rule is not
6065 applicable in the ordinary way.
6066
6067 But Bison can force the situation to fit the rule, by discarding part of
6068 the semantic context and part of the input. First it discards states
6069 and objects from the stack until it gets back to a state in which the
6070 @code{error} token is acceptable. (This means that the subexpressions
6071 already parsed are discarded, back to the last complete @code{stmnts}.)
6072 At this point the @code{error} token can be shifted. Then, if the old
6073 lookahead token is not acceptable to be shifted next, the parser reads
6074 tokens and discards them until it finds a token which is acceptable. In
6075 this example, Bison reads and discards input until the next newline so
6076 that the fourth rule can apply. Note that discarded symbols are
6077 possible sources of memory leaks, see @ref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing
6078 Discarded Symbols}, for a means to reclaim this memory.
6079
6080 The choice of error rules in the grammar is a choice of strategies for
6081 error recovery. A simple and useful strategy is simply to skip the rest of
6082 the current input line or current statement if an error is detected:
6083
6084 @example
6085 stmnt: error ';' /* On error, skip until ';' is read. */
6086 @end example
6087
6088 It is also useful to recover to the matching close-delimiter of an
6089 opening-delimiter that has already been parsed. Otherwise the
6090 close-delimiter will probably appear to be unmatched, and generate another,
6091 spurious error message:
6092
6093 @example
6094 primary: '(' expr ')'
6095 | '(' error ')'
6096 @dots{}
6097 ;
6098 @end example
6099
6100 Error recovery strategies are necessarily guesses. When they guess wrong,
6101 one syntax error often leads to another. In the above example, the error
6102 recovery rule guesses that an error is due to bad input within one
6103 @code{stmnt}. Suppose that instead a spurious semicolon is inserted in the
6104 middle of a valid @code{stmnt}. After the error recovery rule recovers
6105 from the first error, another syntax error will be found straightaway,
6106 since the text following the spurious semicolon is also an invalid
6107 @code{stmnt}.
6108
6109 To prevent an outpouring of error messages, the parser will output no error
6110 message for another syntax error that happens shortly after the first; only
6111 after three consecutive input tokens have been successfully shifted will
6112 error messages resume.
6113
6114 Note that rules which accept the @code{error} token may have actions, just
6115 as any other rules can.
6116
6117 @findex yyerrok
6118 You can make error messages resume immediately by using the macro
6119 @code{yyerrok} in an action. If you do this in the error rule's action, no
6120 error messages will be suppressed. This macro requires no arguments;
6121 @samp{yyerrok;} is a valid C statement.
6122
6123 @findex yyclearin
6124 The previous lookahead token is reanalyzed immediately after an error. If
6125 this is unacceptable, then the macro @code{yyclearin} may be used to clear
6126 this token. Write the statement @samp{yyclearin;} in the error rule's
6127 action.
6128 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
6129
6130 For example, suppose that on a syntax error, an error handling routine is
6131 called that advances the input stream to some point where parsing should
6132 once again commence. The next symbol returned by the lexical scanner is
6133 probably correct. The previous lookahead token ought to be discarded
6134 with @samp{yyclearin;}.
6135
6136 @vindex YYRECOVERING
6137 The expression @code{YYRECOVERING ()} yields 1 when the parser
6138 is recovering from a syntax error, and 0 otherwise.
6139 Syntax error diagnostics are suppressed while recovering from a syntax
6140 error.
6141
6142 @node Context Dependency
6143 @chapter Handling Context Dependencies
6144
6145 The Bison paradigm is to parse tokens first, then group them into larger
6146 syntactic units. In many languages, the meaning of a token is affected by
6147 its context. Although this violates the Bison paradigm, certain techniques
6148 (known as @dfn{kludges}) may enable you to write Bison parsers for such
6149 languages.
6150
6151 @menu
6152 * Semantic Tokens:: Token parsing can depend on the semantic context.
6153 * Lexical Tie-ins:: Token parsing can depend on the syntactic context.
6154 * Tie-in Recovery:: Lexical tie-ins have implications for how
6155 error recovery rules must be written.
6156 @end menu
6157
6158 (Actually, ``kludge'' means any technique that gets its job done but is
6159 neither clean nor robust.)
6160
6161 @node Semantic Tokens
6162 @section Semantic Info in Token Types
6163
6164 The C language has a context dependency: the way an identifier is used
6165 depends on what its current meaning is. For example, consider this:
6166
6167 @example
6168 foo (x);
6169 @end example
6170
6171 This looks like a function call statement, but if @code{foo} is a typedef
6172 name, then this is actually a declaration of @code{x}. How can a Bison
6173 parser for C decide how to parse this input?
6174
6175 The method used in @acronym{GNU} C is to have two different token types,
6176 @code{IDENTIFIER} and @code{TYPENAME}. When @code{yylex} finds an
6177 identifier, it looks up the current declaration of the identifier in order
6178 to decide which token type to return: @code{TYPENAME} if the identifier is
6179 declared as a typedef, @code{IDENTIFIER} otherwise.
6180
6181 The grammar rules can then express the context dependency by the choice of
6182 token type to recognize. @code{IDENTIFIER} is accepted as an expression,
6183 but @code{TYPENAME} is not. @code{TYPENAME} can start a declaration, but
6184 @code{IDENTIFIER} cannot. In contexts where the meaning of the identifier
6185 is @emph{not} significant, such as in declarations that can shadow a
6186 typedef name, either @code{TYPENAME} or @code{IDENTIFIER} is
6187 accepted---there is one rule for each of the two token types.
6188
6189 This technique is simple to use if the decision of which kinds of
6190 identifiers to allow is made at a place close to where the identifier is
6191 parsed. But in C this is not always so: C allows a declaration to
6192 redeclare a typedef name provided an explicit type has been specified
6193 earlier:
6194
6195 @example
6196 typedef int foo, bar;
6197 int baz (void)
6198 @{
6199 static bar (bar); /* @r{redeclare @code{bar} as static variable} */
6200 extern foo foo (foo); /* @r{redeclare @code{foo} as function} */
6201 return foo (bar);
6202 @}
6203 @end example
6204
6205 Unfortunately, the name being declared is separated from the declaration
6206 construct itself by a complicated syntactic structure---the ``declarator''.
6207
6208 As a result, part of the Bison parser for C needs to be duplicated, with
6209 all the nonterminal names changed: once for parsing a declaration in
6210 which a typedef name can be redefined, and once for parsing a
6211 declaration in which that can't be done. Here is a part of the
6212 duplication, with actions omitted for brevity:
6213
6214 @example
6215 initdcl:
6216 declarator maybeasm '='
6217 init
6218 | declarator maybeasm
6219 ;
6220
6221 notype_initdcl:
6222 notype_declarator maybeasm '='
6223 init
6224 | notype_declarator maybeasm
6225 ;
6226 @end example
6227
6228 @noindent
6229 Here @code{initdcl} can redeclare a typedef name, but @code{notype_initdcl}
6230 cannot. The distinction between @code{declarator} and
6231 @code{notype_declarator} is the same sort of thing.
6232
6233 There is some similarity between this technique and a lexical tie-in
6234 (described next), in that information which alters the lexical analysis is
6235 changed during parsing by other parts of the program. The difference is
6236 here the information is global, and is used for other purposes in the
6237 program. A true lexical tie-in has a special-purpose flag controlled by
6238 the syntactic context.
6239
6240 @node Lexical Tie-ins
6241 @section Lexical Tie-ins
6242 @cindex lexical tie-in
6243
6244 One way to handle context-dependency is the @dfn{lexical tie-in}: a flag
6245 which is set by Bison actions, whose purpose is to alter the way tokens are
6246 parsed.
6247
6248 For example, suppose we have a language vaguely like C, but with a special
6249 construct @samp{hex (@var{hex-expr})}. After the keyword @code{hex} comes
6250 an expression in parentheses in which all integers are hexadecimal. In
6251 particular, the token @samp{a1b} must be treated as an integer rather than
6252 as an identifier if it appears in that context. Here is how you can do it:
6253
6254 @example
6255 @group
6256 %@{
6257 int hexflag;
6258 int yylex (void);
6259 void yyerror (char const *);
6260 %@}
6261 %%
6262 @dots{}
6263 @end group
6264 @group
6265 expr: IDENTIFIER
6266 | constant
6267 | HEX '('
6268 @{ hexflag = 1; @}
6269 expr ')'
6270 @{ hexflag = 0;
6271 $$ = $4; @}
6272 | expr '+' expr
6273 @{ $$ = make_sum ($1, $3); @}
6274 @dots{}
6275 ;
6276 @end group
6277
6278 @group
6279 constant:
6280 INTEGER
6281 | STRING
6282 ;
6283 @end group
6284 @end example
6285
6286 @noindent
6287 Here we assume that @code{yylex} looks at the value of @code{hexflag}; when
6288 it is nonzero, all integers are parsed in hexadecimal, and tokens starting
6289 with letters are parsed as integers if possible.
6290
6291 The declaration of @code{hexflag} shown in the prologue of the parser file
6292 is needed to make it accessible to the actions (@pxref{Prologue, ,The Prologue}).
6293 You must also write the code in @code{yylex} to obey the flag.
6294
6295 @node Tie-in Recovery
6296 @section Lexical Tie-ins and Error Recovery
6297
6298 Lexical tie-ins make strict demands on any error recovery rules you have.
6299 @xref{Error Recovery}.
6300
6301 The reason for this is that the purpose of an error recovery rule is to
6302 abort the parsing of one construct and resume in some larger construct.
6303 For example, in C-like languages, a typical error recovery rule is to skip
6304 tokens until the next semicolon, and then start a new statement, like this:
6305
6306 @example
6307 stmt: expr ';'
6308 | IF '(' expr ')' stmt @{ @dots{} @}
6309 @dots{}
6310 error ';'
6311 @{ hexflag = 0; @}
6312 ;
6313 @end example
6314
6315 If there is a syntax error in the middle of a @samp{hex (@var{expr})}
6316 construct, this error rule will apply, and then the action for the
6317 completed @samp{hex (@var{expr})} will never run. So @code{hexflag} would
6318 remain set for the entire rest of the input, or until the next @code{hex}
6319 keyword, causing identifiers to be misinterpreted as integers.
6320
6321 To avoid this problem the error recovery rule itself clears @code{hexflag}.
6322
6323 There may also be an error recovery rule that works within expressions.
6324 For example, there could be a rule which applies within parentheses
6325 and skips to the close-parenthesis:
6326
6327 @example
6328 @group
6329 expr: @dots{}
6330 | '(' expr ')'
6331 @{ $$ = $2; @}
6332 | '(' error ')'
6333 @dots{}
6334 @end group
6335 @end example
6336
6337 If this rule acts within the @code{hex} construct, it is not going to abort
6338 that construct (since it applies to an inner level of parentheses within
6339 the construct). Therefore, it should not clear the flag: the rest of
6340 the @code{hex} construct should be parsed with the flag still in effect.
6341
6342 What if there is an error recovery rule which might abort out of the
6343 @code{hex} construct or might not, depending on circumstances? There is no
6344 way you can write the action to determine whether a @code{hex} construct is
6345 being aborted or not. So if you are using a lexical tie-in, you had better
6346 make sure your error recovery rules are not of this kind. Each rule must
6347 be such that you can be sure that it always will, or always won't, have to
6348 clear the flag.
6349
6350 @c ================================================== Debugging Your Parser
6351
6352 @node Debugging
6353 @chapter Debugging Your Parser
6354
6355 Developing a parser can be a challenge, especially if you don't
6356 understand the algorithm (@pxref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser
6357 Algorithm}). Even so, sometimes a detailed description of the automaton
6358 can help (@pxref{Understanding, , Understanding Your Parser}), or
6359 tracing the execution of the parser can give some insight on why it
6360 behaves improperly (@pxref{Tracing, , Tracing Your Parser}).
6361
6362 @menu
6363 * Understanding:: Understanding the structure of your parser.
6364 * Tracing:: Tracing the execution of your parser.
6365 @end menu
6366
6367 @node Understanding
6368 @section Understanding Your Parser
6369
6370 As documented elsewhere (@pxref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm})
6371 Bison parsers are @dfn{shift/reduce automata}. In some cases (much more
6372 frequent than one would hope), looking at this automaton is required to
6373 tune or simply fix a parser. Bison provides two different
6374 representation of it, either textually or graphically (as a DOT file).
6375
6376 The textual file is generated when the options @option{--report} or
6377 @option{--verbose} are specified, see @xref{Invocation, , Invoking
6378 Bison}. Its name is made by removing @samp{.tab.c} or @samp{.c} from
6379 the parser output file name, and adding @samp{.output} instead.
6380 Therefore, if the input file is @file{foo.y}, then the parser file is
6381 called @file{foo.tab.c} by default. As a consequence, the verbose
6382 output file is called @file{foo.output}.
6383
6384 The following grammar file, @file{calc.y}, will be used in the sequel:
6385
6386 @example
6387 %token NUM STR
6388 %left '+' '-'
6389 %left '*'
6390 %%
6391 exp: exp '+' exp
6392 | exp '-' exp
6393 | exp '*' exp
6394 | exp '/' exp
6395 | NUM
6396 ;
6397 useless: STR;
6398 %%
6399 @end example
6400
6401 @command{bison} reports:
6402
6403 @example
6404 calc.y: warning: 1 useless nonterminal and 1 useless rule
6405 calc.y:11.1-7: warning: useless nonterminal: useless
6406 calc.y:11.10-12: warning: useless rule: useless: STR
6407 calc.y: conflicts: 7 shift/reduce
6408 @end example
6409
6410 When given @option{--report=state}, in addition to @file{calc.tab.c}, it
6411 creates a file @file{calc.output} with contents detailed below. The
6412 order of the output and the exact presentation might vary, but the
6413 interpretation is the same.
6414
6415 The first section includes details on conflicts that were solved thanks
6416 to precedence and/or associativity:
6417
6418 @example
6419 Conflict in state 8 between rule 2 and token '+' resolved as reduce.
6420 Conflict in state 8 between rule 2 and token '-' resolved as reduce.
6421 Conflict in state 8 between rule 2 and token '*' resolved as shift.
6422 @exdent @dots{}
6423 @end example
6424
6425 @noindent
6426 The next section lists states that still have conflicts.
6427
6428 @example
6429 State 8 conflicts: 1 shift/reduce
6430 State 9 conflicts: 1 shift/reduce
6431 State 10 conflicts: 1 shift/reduce
6432 State 11 conflicts: 4 shift/reduce
6433 @end example
6434
6435 @noindent
6436 @cindex token, useless
6437 @cindex useless token
6438 @cindex nonterminal, useless
6439 @cindex useless nonterminal
6440 @cindex rule, useless
6441 @cindex useless rule
6442 The next section reports useless tokens, nonterminal and rules. Useless
6443 nonterminals and rules are removed in order to produce a smaller parser,
6444 but useless tokens are preserved, since they might be used by the
6445 scanner (note the difference between ``useless'' and ``not used''
6446 below):
6447
6448 @example
6449 Useless nonterminals:
6450 useless
6451
6452 Terminals which are not used:
6453 STR
6454
6455 Useless rules:
6456 #6 useless: STR;
6457 @end example
6458
6459 @noindent
6460 The next section reproduces the exact grammar that Bison used:
6461
6462 @example
6463 Grammar
6464
6465 Number, Line, Rule
6466 0 5 $accept -> exp $end
6467 1 5 exp -> exp '+' exp
6468 2 6 exp -> exp '-' exp
6469 3 7 exp -> exp '*' exp
6470 4 8 exp -> exp '/' exp
6471 5 9 exp -> NUM
6472 @end example
6473
6474 @noindent
6475 and reports the uses of the symbols:
6476
6477 @example
6478 Terminals, with rules where they appear
6479
6480 $end (0) 0
6481 '*' (42) 3
6482 '+' (43) 1
6483 '-' (45) 2
6484 '/' (47) 4
6485 error (256)
6486 NUM (258) 5
6487
6488 Nonterminals, with rules where they appear
6489
6490 $accept (8)
6491 on left: 0
6492 exp (9)
6493 on left: 1 2 3 4 5, on right: 0 1 2 3 4
6494 @end example
6495
6496 @noindent
6497 @cindex item
6498 @cindex pointed rule
6499 @cindex rule, pointed
6500 Bison then proceeds onto the automaton itself, describing each state
6501 with it set of @dfn{items}, also known as @dfn{pointed rules}. Each
6502 item is a production rule together with a point (marked by @samp{.})
6503 that the input cursor.
6504
6505 @example
6506 state 0
6507
6508 $accept -> . exp $ (rule 0)
6509
6510 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6511
6512 exp go to state 2
6513 @end example
6514
6515 This reads as follows: ``state 0 corresponds to being at the very
6516 beginning of the parsing, in the initial rule, right before the start
6517 symbol (here, @code{exp}). When the parser returns to this state right
6518 after having reduced a rule that produced an @code{exp}, the control
6519 flow jumps to state 2. If there is no such transition on a nonterminal
6520 symbol, and the lookahead is a @code{NUM}, then this token is shifted on
6521 the parse stack, and the control flow jumps to state 1. Any other
6522 lookahead triggers a syntax error.''
6523
6524 @cindex core, item set
6525 @cindex item set core
6526 @cindex kernel, item set
6527 @cindex item set core
6528 Even though the only active rule in state 0 seems to be rule 0, the
6529 report lists @code{NUM} as a lookahead token because @code{NUM} can be
6530 at the beginning of any rule deriving an @code{exp}. By default Bison
6531 reports the so-called @dfn{core} or @dfn{kernel} of the item set, but if
6532 you want to see more detail you can invoke @command{bison} with
6533 @option{--report=itemset} to list all the items, include those that can
6534 be derived:
6535
6536 @example
6537 state 0
6538
6539 $accept -> . exp $ (rule 0)
6540 exp -> . exp '+' exp (rule 1)
6541 exp -> . exp '-' exp (rule 2)
6542 exp -> . exp '*' exp (rule 3)
6543 exp -> . exp '/' exp (rule 4)
6544 exp -> . NUM (rule 5)
6545
6546 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6547
6548 exp go to state 2
6549 @end example
6550
6551 @noindent
6552 In the state 1...
6553
6554 @example
6555 state 1
6556
6557 exp -> NUM . (rule 5)
6558
6559 $default reduce using rule 5 (exp)
6560 @end example
6561
6562 @noindent
6563 the rule 5, @samp{exp: NUM;}, is completed. Whatever the lookahead token
6564 (@samp{$default}), the parser will reduce it. If it was coming from
6565 state 0, then, after this reduction it will return to state 0, and will
6566 jump to state 2 (@samp{exp: go to state 2}).
6567
6568 @example
6569 state 2
6570
6571 $accept -> exp . $ (rule 0)
6572 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
6573 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6574 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6575 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6576
6577 $ shift, and go to state 3
6578 '+' shift, and go to state 4
6579 '-' shift, and go to state 5
6580 '*' shift, and go to state 6
6581 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6582 @end example
6583
6584 @noindent
6585 In state 2, the automaton can only shift a symbol. For instance,
6586 because of the item @samp{exp -> exp . '+' exp}, if the lookahead if
6587 @samp{+}, it will be shifted on the parse stack, and the automaton
6588 control will jump to state 4, corresponding to the item @samp{exp -> exp
6589 '+' . exp}. Since there is no default action, any other token than
6590 those listed above will trigger a syntax error.
6591
6592 The state 3 is named the @dfn{final state}, or the @dfn{accepting
6593 state}:
6594
6595 @example
6596 state 3
6597
6598 $accept -> exp $ . (rule 0)
6599
6600 $default accept
6601 @end example
6602
6603 @noindent
6604 the initial rule is completed (the start symbol and the end
6605 of input were read), the parsing exits successfully.
6606
6607 The interpretation of states 4 to 7 is straightforward, and is left to
6608 the reader.
6609
6610 @example
6611 state 4
6612
6613 exp -> exp '+' . exp (rule 1)
6614
6615 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6616
6617 exp go to state 8
6618
6619 state 5
6620
6621 exp -> exp '-' . exp (rule 2)
6622
6623 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6624
6625 exp go to state 9
6626
6627 state 6
6628
6629 exp -> exp '*' . exp (rule 3)
6630
6631 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6632
6633 exp go to state 10
6634
6635 state 7
6636
6637 exp -> exp '/' . exp (rule 4)
6638
6639 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6640
6641 exp go to state 11
6642 @end example
6643
6644 As was announced in beginning of the report, @samp{State 8 conflicts:
6645 1 shift/reduce}:
6646
6647 @example
6648 state 8
6649
6650 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
6651 exp -> exp '+' exp . (rule 1)
6652 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6653 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6654 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6655
6656 '*' shift, and go to state 6
6657 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6658
6659 '/' [reduce using rule 1 (exp)]
6660 $default reduce using rule 1 (exp)
6661 @end example
6662
6663 Indeed, there are two actions associated to the lookahead @samp{/}:
6664 either shifting (and going to state 7), or reducing rule 1. The
6665 conflict means that either the grammar is ambiguous, or the parser lacks
6666 information to make the right decision. Indeed the grammar is
6667 ambiguous, as, since we did not specify the precedence of @samp{/}, the
6668 sentence @samp{NUM + NUM / NUM} can be parsed as @samp{NUM + (NUM /
6669 NUM)}, which corresponds to shifting @samp{/}, or as @samp{(NUM + NUM) /
6670 NUM}, which corresponds to reducing rule 1.
6671
6672 Because in @acronym{LALR}(1) parsing a single decision can be made, Bison
6673 arbitrarily chose to disable the reduction, see @ref{Shift/Reduce, ,
6674 Shift/Reduce Conflicts}. Discarded actions are reported in between
6675 square brackets.
6676
6677 Note that all the previous states had a single possible action: either
6678 shifting the next token and going to the corresponding state, or
6679 reducing a single rule. In the other cases, i.e., when shifting
6680 @emph{and} reducing is possible or when @emph{several} reductions are
6681 possible, the lookahead is required to select the action. State 8 is
6682 one such state: if the lookahead is @samp{*} or @samp{/} then the action
6683 is shifting, otherwise the action is reducing rule 1. In other words,
6684 the first two items, corresponding to rule 1, are not eligible when the
6685 lookahead token is @samp{*}, since we specified that @samp{*} has higher
6686 precedence than @samp{+}. More generally, some items are eligible only
6687 with some set of possible lookahead tokens. When run with
6688 @option{--report=lookahead}, Bison specifies these lookahead tokens:
6689
6690 @example
6691 state 8
6692
6693 exp -> exp . '+' exp [$, '+', '-', '/'] (rule 1)
6694 exp -> exp '+' exp . [$, '+', '-', '/'] (rule 1)
6695 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6696 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6697 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6698
6699 '*' shift, and go to state 6
6700 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6701
6702 '/' [reduce using rule 1 (exp)]
6703 $default reduce using rule 1 (exp)
6704 @end example
6705
6706 The remaining states are similar:
6707
6708 @example
6709 state 9
6710
6711 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
6712 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6713 exp -> exp '-' exp . (rule 2)
6714 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6715 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6716
6717 '*' shift, and go to state 6
6718 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6719
6720 '/' [reduce using rule 2 (exp)]
6721 $default reduce using rule 2 (exp)
6722
6723 state 10
6724
6725 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
6726 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6727 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6728 exp -> exp '*' exp . (rule 3)
6729 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6730
6731 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6732
6733 '/' [reduce using rule 3 (exp)]
6734 $default reduce using rule 3 (exp)
6735
6736 state 11
6737
6738 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
6739 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6740 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6741 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6742 exp -> exp '/' exp . (rule 4)
6743
6744 '+' shift, and go to state 4
6745 '-' shift, and go to state 5
6746 '*' shift, and go to state 6
6747 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6748
6749 '+' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
6750 '-' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
6751 '*' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
6752 '/' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
6753 $default reduce using rule 4 (exp)
6754 @end example
6755
6756 @noindent
6757 Observe that state 11 contains conflicts not only due to the lack of
6758 precedence of @samp{/} with respect to @samp{+}, @samp{-}, and
6759 @samp{*}, but also because the
6760 associativity of @samp{/} is not specified.
6761
6762
6763 @node Tracing
6764 @section Tracing Your Parser
6765 @findex yydebug
6766 @cindex debugging
6767 @cindex tracing the parser
6768
6769 If a Bison grammar compiles properly but doesn't do what you want when it
6770 runs, the @code{yydebug} parser-trace feature can help you figure out why.
6771
6772 There are several means to enable compilation of trace facilities:
6773
6774 @table @asis
6775 @item the macro @code{YYDEBUG}
6776 @findex YYDEBUG
6777 Define the macro @code{YYDEBUG} to a nonzero value when you compile the
6778 parser. This is compliant with @acronym{POSIX} Yacc. You could use
6779 @samp{-DYYDEBUG=1} as a compiler option or you could put @samp{#define
6780 YYDEBUG 1} in the prologue of the grammar file (@pxref{Prologue, , The
6781 Prologue}).
6782
6783 @item the option @option{-t}, @option{--debug}
6784 Use the @samp{-t} option when you run Bison (@pxref{Invocation,
6785 ,Invoking Bison}). This is @acronym{POSIX} compliant too.
6786
6787 @item the directive @samp{%debug}
6788 @findex %debug
6789 Add the @code{%debug} directive (@pxref{Decl Summary, ,Bison
6790 Declaration Summary}). This is a Bison extension, which will prove
6791 useful when Bison will output parsers for languages that don't use a
6792 preprocessor. Unless @acronym{POSIX} and Yacc portability matter to
6793 you, this is
6794 the preferred solution.
6795 @end table
6796
6797 We suggest that you always enable the debug option so that debugging is
6798 always possible.
6799
6800 The trace facility outputs messages with macro calls of the form
6801 @code{YYFPRINTF (stderr, @var{format}, @var{args})} where
6802 @var{format} and @var{args} are the usual @code{printf} format and
6803 arguments. If you define @code{YYDEBUG} to a nonzero value but do not
6804 define @code{YYFPRINTF}, @code{<stdio.h>} is automatically included
6805 and @code{YYFPRINTF} is defined to @code{fprintf}.
6806
6807 Once you have compiled the program with trace facilities, the way to
6808 request a trace is to store a nonzero value in the variable @code{yydebug}.
6809 You can do this by making the C code do it (in @code{main}, perhaps), or
6810 you can alter the value with a C debugger.
6811
6812 Each step taken by the parser when @code{yydebug} is nonzero produces a
6813 line or two of trace information, written on @code{stderr}. The trace
6814 messages tell you these things:
6815
6816 @itemize @bullet
6817 @item
6818 Each time the parser calls @code{yylex}, what kind of token was read.
6819
6820 @item
6821 Each time a token is shifted, the depth and complete contents of the
6822 state stack (@pxref{Parser States}).
6823
6824 @item
6825 Each time a rule is reduced, which rule it is, and the complete contents
6826 of the state stack afterward.
6827 @end itemize
6828
6829 To make sense of this information, it helps to refer to the listing file
6830 produced by the Bison @samp{-v} option (@pxref{Invocation, ,Invoking
6831 Bison}). This file shows the meaning of each state in terms of
6832 positions in various rules, and also what each state will do with each
6833 possible input token. As you read the successive trace messages, you
6834 can see that the parser is functioning according to its specification in
6835 the listing file. Eventually you will arrive at the place where
6836 something undesirable happens, and you will see which parts of the
6837 grammar are to blame.
6838
6839 The parser file is a C program and you can use C debuggers on it, but it's
6840 not easy to interpret what it is doing. The parser function is a
6841 finite-state machine interpreter, and aside from the actions it executes
6842 the same code over and over. Only the values of variables show where in
6843 the grammar it is working.
6844
6845 @findex YYPRINT
6846 The debugging information normally gives the token type of each token
6847 read, but not its semantic value. You can optionally define a macro
6848 named @code{YYPRINT} to provide a way to print the value. If you define
6849 @code{YYPRINT}, it should take three arguments. The parser will pass a
6850 standard I/O stream, the numeric code for the token type, and the token
6851 value (from @code{yylval}).
6852
6853 Here is an example of @code{YYPRINT} suitable for the multi-function
6854 calculator (@pxref{Mfcalc Decl, ,Declarations for @code{mfcalc}}):
6855
6856 @smallexample
6857 %@{
6858 static void print_token_value (FILE *, int, YYSTYPE);
6859 #define YYPRINT(file, type, value) print_token_value (file, type, value)
6860 %@}
6861
6862 @dots{} %% @dots{} %% @dots{}
6863
6864 static void
6865 print_token_value (FILE *file, int type, YYSTYPE value)
6866 @{
6867 if (type == VAR)
6868 fprintf (file, "%s", value.tptr->name);
6869 else if (type == NUM)
6870 fprintf (file, "%d", value.val);
6871 @}
6872 @end smallexample
6873
6874 @c ================================================= Invoking Bison
6875
6876 @node Invocation
6877 @chapter Invoking Bison
6878 @cindex invoking Bison
6879 @cindex Bison invocation
6880 @cindex options for invoking Bison
6881
6882 The usual way to invoke Bison is as follows:
6883
6884 @example
6885 bison @var{infile}
6886 @end example
6887
6888 Here @var{infile} is the grammar file name, which usually ends in
6889 @samp{.y}. The parser file's name is made by replacing the @samp{.y}
6890 with @samp{.tab.c} and removing any leading directory. Thus, the
6891 @samp{bison foo.y} file name yields
6892 @file{foo.tab.c}, and the @samp{bison hack/foo.y} file name yields
6893 @file{foo.tab.c}. It's also possible, in case you are writing
6894 C++ code instead of C in your grammar file, to name it @file{foo.ypp}
6895 or @file{foo.y++}. Then, the output files will take an extension like
6896 the given one as input (respectively @file{foo.tab.cpp} and
6897 @file{foo.tab.c++}).
6898 This feature takes effect with all options that manipulate file names like
6899 @samp{-o} or @samp{-d}.
6900
6901 For example :
6902
6903 @example
6904 bison -d @var{infile.yxx}
6905 @end example
6906 @noindent
6907 will produce @file{infile.tab.cxx} and @file{infile.tab.hxx}, and
6908
6909 @example
6910 bison -d -o @var{output.c++} @var{infile.y}
6911 @end example
6912 @noindent
6913 will produce @file{output.c++} and @file{outfile.h++}.
6914
6915 For compatibility with @acronym{POSIX}, the standard Bison
6916 distribution also contains a shell script called @command{yacc} that
6917 invokes Bison with the @option{-y} option.
6918
6919 @menu
6920 * Bison Options:: All the options described in detail,
6921 in alphabetical order by short options.
6922 * Option Cross Key:: Alphabetical list of long options.
6923 * Yacc Library:: Yacc-compatible @code{yylex} and @code{main}.
6924 @end menu
6925
6926 @node Bison Options
6927 @section Bison Options
6928
6929 Bison supports both traditional single-letter options and mnemonic long
6930 option names. Long option names are indicated with @samp{--} instead of
6931 @samp{-}. Abbreviations for option names are allowed as long as they
6932 are unique. When a long option takes an argument, like
6933 @samp{--file-prefix}, connect the option name and the argument with
6934 @samp{=}.
6935
6936 Here is a list of options that can be used with Bison, alphabetized by
6937 short option. It is followed by a cross key alphabetized by long
6938 option.
6939
6940 @c Please, keep this ordered as in `bison --help'.
6941 @noindent
6942 Operations modes:
6943 @table @option
6944 @item -h
6945 @itemx --help
6946 Print a summary of the command-line options to Bison and exit.
6947
6948 @item -V
6949 @itemx --version
6950 Print the version number of Bison and exit.
6951
6952 @item --print-localedir
6953 Print the name of the directory containing locale-dependent data.
6954
6955 @item -y
6956 @itemx --yacc
6957 Act more like the traditional Yacc command. This can cause
6958 different diagnostics to be generated, and may change behavior in
6959 other minor ways. Most importantly, imitate Yacc's output
6960 file name conventions, so that the parser output file is called
6961 @file{y.tab.c}, and the other outputs are called @file{y.output} and
6962 @file{y.tab.h}.
6963 Also, if generating an @acronym{LALR}(1) parser in C, generate @code{#define}
6964 statements in addition to an @code{enum} to associate token numbers with token
6965 names.
6966 Thus, the following shell script can substitute for Yacc, and the Bison
6967 distribution contains such a script for compatibility with @acronym{POSIX}:
6968
6969 @example
6970 #! /bin/sh
6971 bison -y "$@@"
6972 @end example
6973
6974 The @option{-y}/@option{--yacc} option is intended for use with
6975 traditional Yacc grammars. If your grammar uses a Bison extension
6976 like @samp{%glr-parser}, Bison might not be Yacc-compatible even if
6977 this option is specified.
6978
6979 @end table
6980
6981 @noindent
6982 Tuning the parser:
6983
6984 @table @option
6985 @item -S @var{file}
6986 @itemx --skeleton=@var{file}
6987 Specify the skeleton to use. You probably don't need this option unless
6988 you are developing Bison.
6989
6990 @item -t
6991 @itemx --debug
6992 In the parser file, define the macro @code{YYDEBUG} to 1 if it is not
6993 already defined, so that the debugging facilities are compiled.
6994 @xref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}.
6995
6996 @item --locations
6997 Pretend that @code{%locations} was specified. @xref{Decl Summary}.
6998
6999 @item -p @var{prefix}
7000 @itemx --name-prefix=@var{prefix}
7001 Pretend that @code{%name-prefix="@var{prefix}"} was specified.
7002 @xref{Decl Summary}.
7003
7004 @item -l
7005 @itemx --no-lines
7006 Don't put any @code{#line} preprocessor commands in the parser file.
7007 Ordinarily Bison puts them in the parser file so that the C compiler
7008 and debuggers will associate errors with your source file, the
7009 grammar file. This option causes them to associate errors with the
7010 parser file, treating it as an independent source file in its own right.
7011
7012 @item -n
7013 @itemx --no-parser
7014 Pretend that @code{%no-parser} was specified. @xref{Decl Summary}.
7015
7016 @item -k
7017 @itemx --token-table
7018 Pretend that @code{%token-table} was specified. @xref{Decl Summary}.
7019 @end table
7020
7021 @noindent
7022 Adjust the output:
7023
7024 @table @option
7025 @item -d
7026 @itemx --defines
7027 Pretend that @code{%defines} was specified, i.e., write an extra output
7028 file containing macro definitions for the token type names defined in
7029 the grammar, as well as a few other declarations. @xref{Decl Summary}.
7030
7031 @item --defines=@var{defines-file}
7032 Same as above, but save in the file @var{defines-file}.
7033
7034 @item -b @var{file-prefix}
7035 @itemx --file-prefix=@var{prefix}
7036 Pretend that @code{%file-prefix} was specified, i.e., specify prefix to use
7037 for all Bison output file names. @xref{Decl Summary}.
7038
7039 @item -r @var{things}
7040 @itemx --report=@var{things}
7041 Write an extra output file containing verbose description of the comma
7042 separated list of @var{things} among:
7043
7044 @table @code
7045 @item state
7046 Description of the grammar, conflicts (resolved and unresolved), and
7047 @acronym{LALR} automaton.
7048
7049 @item lookahead
7050 Implies @code{state} and augments the description of the automaton with
7051 each rule's lookahead set.
7052
7053 @item itemset
7054 Implies @code{state} and augments the description of the automaton with
7055 the full set of items for each state, instead of its core only.
7056 @end table
7057
7058 @item -v
7059 @itemx --verbose
7060 Pretend that @code{%verbose} was specified, i.e., write an extra output
7061 file containing verbose descriptions of the grammar and
7062 parser. @xref{Decl Summary}.
7063
7064 @item -o @var{file}
7065 @itemx --output=@var{file}
7066 Specify the @var{file} for the parser file.
7067
7068 The other output files' names are constructed from @var{file} as
7069 described under the @samp{-v} and @samp{-d} options.
7070
7071 @item -g
7072 Output a graphical representation of the @acronym{LALR}(1) grammar
7073 automaton computed by Bison, in @uref{http://www.graphviz.org/, Graphviz}
7074 @uref{http://www.graphviz.org/doc/info/lang.html, @acronym{DOT}} format.
7075 If the grammar file is @file{foo.y}, the output file will
7076 be @file{foo.dot}.
7077
7078 @item --graph=@var{graph-file}
7079 The behavior of @var{--graph} is the same than @samp{-g}. The only
7080 difference is that it has an optional argument which is the name of
7081 the output graph file.
7082 @end table
7083
7084 @node Option Cross Key
7085 @section Option Cross Key
7086
7087 @c FIXME: How about putting the directives too?
7088 Here is a list of options, alphabetized by long option, to help you find
7089 the corresponding short option.
7090
7091 @multitable {@option{--defines=@var{defines-file}}} {@option{-b @var{file-prefix}XXX}}
7092 @headitem Long Option @tab Short Option
7093 @item @option{--debug} @tab @option{-t}
7094 @item @option{--defines=@var{defines-file}} @tab @option{-d}
7095 @item @option{--file-prefix=@var{prefix}} @tab @option{-b @var{file-prefix}}
7096 @item @option{--graph=@var{graph-file}} @tab @option{-d}
7097 @item @option{--help} @tab @option{-h}
7098 @item @option{--name-prefix=@var{prefix}} @tab @option{-p @var{name-prefix}}
7099 @item @option{--no-lines} @tab @option{-l}
7100 @item @option{--no-parser} @tab @option{-n}
7101 @item @option{--output=@var{outfile}} @tab @option{-o @var{outfile}}
7102 @item @option{--print-localedir} @tab
7103 @item @option{--token-table} @tab @option{-k}
7104 @item @option{--verbose} @tab @option{-v}
7105 @item @option{--version} @tab @option{-V}
7106 @item @option{--yacc} @tab @option{-y}
7107 @end multitable
7108
7109 @node Yacc Library
7110 @section Yacc Library
7111
7112 The Yacc library contains default implementations of the
7113 @code{yyerror} and @code{main} functions. These default
7114 implementations are normally not useful, but @acronym{POSIX} requires
7115 them. To use the Yacc library, link your program with the
7116 @option{-ly} option. Note that Bison's implementation of the Yacc
7117 library is distributed under the terms of the @acronym{GNU} General
7118 Public License (@pxref{Copying}).
7119
7120 If you use the Yacc library's @code{yyerror} function, you should
7121 declare @code{yyerror} as follows:
7122
7123 @example
7124 int yyerror (char const *);
7125 @end example
7126
7127 Bison ignores the @code{int} value returned by this @code{yyerror}.
7128 If you use the Yacc library's @code{main} function, your
7129 @code{yyparse} function should have the following type signature:
7130
7131 @example
7132 int yyparse (void);
7133 @end example
7134
7135 @c ================================================= C++ Bison
7136
7137 @node C++ Language Interface
7138 @chapter C++ Language Interface
7139
7140 @menu
7141 * C++ Parsers:: The interface to generate C++ parser classes
7142 * A Complete C++ Example:: Demonstrating their use
7143 @end menu
7144
7145 @node C++ Parsers
7146 @section C++ Parsers
7147
7148 @menu
7149 * C++ Bison Interface:: Asking for C++ parser generation
7150 * C++ Semantic Values:: %union vs. C++
7151 * C++ Location Values:: The position and location classes
7152 * C++ Parser Interface:: Instantiating and running the parser
7153 * C++ Scanner Interface:: Exchanges between yylex and parse
7154 @end menu
7155
7156 @node C++ Bison Interface
7157 @subsection C++ Bison Interface
7158 @c - %skeleton "lalr1.cc"
7159 @c - Always pure
7160 @c - initial action
7161
7162 The C++ parser @acronym{LALR}(1) skeleton is named @file{lalr1.cc}. To
7163 select it, you may either pass the option @option{--skeleton=lalr1.cc}
7164 to Bison, or include the directive @samp{%skeleton "lalr1.cc"} in the
7165 grammar preamble. When run, @command{bison} will create several
7166 entities in the @samp{yy} namespace. Use the @samp{%name-prefix}
7167 directive to change the namespace name, see @ref{Decl Summary}. The
7168 various classes are generated in the following files:
7169
7170 @table @file
7171 @item position.hh
7172 @itemx location.hh
7173 The definition of the classes @code{position} and @code{location},
7174 used for location tracking. @xref{C++ Location Values}.
7175
7176 @item stack.hh
7177 An auxiliary class @code{stack} used by the parser.
7178
7179 @item @var{file}.hh
7180 @itemx @var{file}.cc
7181 (Assuming the extension of the input file was @samp{.yy}.) The
7182 declaration and implementation of the C++ parser class. The basename
7183 and extension of these two files follow the same rules as with regular C
7184 parsers (@pxref{Invocation}).
7185
7186 The header is @emph{mandatory}; you must either pass
7187 @option{-d}/@option{--defines} to @command{bison}, or use the
7188 @samp{%defines} directive.
7189 @end table
7190
7191 All these files are documented using Doxygen; run @command{doxygen}
7192 for a complete and accurate documentation.
7193
7194 @node C++ Semantic Values
7195 @subsection C++ Semantic Values
7196 @c - No objects in unions
7197 @c - YSTYPE
7198 @c - Printer and destructor
7199
7200 The @code{%union} directive works as for C, see @ref{Union Decl, ,The
7201 Collection of Value Types}. In particular it produces a genuine
7202 @code{union}@footnote{In the future techniques to allow complex types
7203 within pseudo-unions (similar to Boost variants) might be implemented to
7204 alleviate these issues.}, which have a few specific features in C++.
7205 @itemize @minus
7206 @item
7207 The type @code{YYSTYPE} is defined but its use is discouraged: rather
7208 you should refer to the parser's encapsulated type
7209 @code{yy::parser::semantic_type}.
7210 @item
7211 Non POD (Plain Old Data) types cannot be used. C++ forbids any
7212 instance of classes with constructors in unions: only @emph{pointers}
7213 to such objects are allowed.
7214 @end itemize
7215
7216 Because objects have to be stored via pointers, memory is not
7217 reclaimed automatically: using the @code{%destructor} directive is the
7218 only means to avoid leaks. @xref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing Discarded
7219 Symbols}.
7220
7221
7222 @node C++ Location Values
7223 @subsection C++ Location Values
7224 @c - %locations
7225 @c - class Position
7226 @c - class Location
7227 @c - %define "filename_type" "const symbol::Symbol"
7228
7229 When the directive @code{%locations} is used, the C++ parser supports
7230 location tracking, see @ref{Locations, , Locations Overview}. Two
7231 auxiliary classes define a @code{position}, a single point in a file,
7232 and a @code{location}, a range composed of a pair of
7233 @code{position}s (possibly spanning several files).
7234
7235 @deftypemethod {position} {std::string*} file
7236 The name of the file. It will always be handled as a pointer, the
7237 parser will never duplicate nor deallocate it. As an experimental
7238 feature you may change it to @samp{@var{type}*} using @samp{%define
7239 "filename_type" "@var{type}"}.
7240 @end deftypemethod
7241
7242 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} line
7243 The line, starting at 1.
7244 @end deftypemethod
7245
7246 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} lines (int @var{height} = 1)
7247 Advance by @var{height} lines, resetting the column number.
7248 @end deftypemethod
7249
7250 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} column
7251 The column, starting at 0.
7252 @end deftypemethod
7253
7254 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} columns (int @var{width} = 1)
7255 Advance by @var{width} columns, without changing the line number.
7256 @end deftypemethod
7257
7258 @deftypemethod {position} {position&} operator+= (position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
7259 @deftypemethodx {position} {position} operator+ (const position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
7260 @deftypemethodx {position} {position&} operator-= (const position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
7261 @deftypemethodx {position} {position} operator- (position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
7262 Various forms of syntactic sugar for @code{columns}.
7263 @end deftypemethod
7264
7265 @deftypemethod {position} {position} operator<< (std::ostream @var{o}, const position& @var{p})
7266 Report @var{p} on @var{o} like this:
7267 @samp{@var{file}:@var{line}.@var{column}}, or
7268 @samp{@var{line}.@var{column}} if @var{file} is null.
7269 @end deftypemethod
7270
7271 @deftypemethod {location} {position} begin
7272 @deftypemethodx {location} {position} end
7273 The first, inclusive, position of the range, and the first beyond.
7274 @end deftypemethod
7275
7276 @deftypemethod {location} {unsigned int} columns (int @var{width} = 1)
7277 @deftypemethodx {location} {unsigned int} lines (int @var{height} = 1)
7278 Advance the @code{end} position.
7279 @end deftypemethod
7280
7281 @deftypemethod {location} {location} operator+ (const location& @var{begin}, const location& @var{end})
7282 @deftypemethodx {location} {location} operator+ (const location& @var{begin}, int @var{width})
7283 @deftypemethodx {location} {location} operator+= (const location& @var{loc}, int @var{width})
7284 Various forms of syntactic sugar.
7285 @end deftypemethod
7286
7287 @deftypemethod {location} {void} step ()
7288 Move @code{begin} onto @code{end}.
7289 @end deftypemethod
7290
7291
7292 @node C++ Parser Interface
7293 @subsection C++ Parser Interface
7294 @c - define parser_class_name
7295 @c - Ctor
7296 @c - parse, error, set_debug_level, debug_level, set_debug_stream,
7297 @c debug_stream.
7298 @c - Reporting errors
7299
7300 The output files @file{@var{output}.hh} and @file{@var{output}.cc}
7301 declare and define the parser class in the namespace @code{yy}. The
7302 class name defaults to @code{parser}, but may be changed using
7303 @samp{%define "parser_class_name" "@var{name}"}. The interface of
7304 this class is detailed below. It can be extended using the
7305 @code{%parse-param} feature: its semantics is slightly changed since
7306 it describes an additional member of the parser class, and an
7307 additional argument for its constructor.
7308
7309 @defcv {Type} {parser} {semantic_value_type}
7310 @defcvx {Type} {parser} {location_value_type}
7311 The types for semantics value and locations.
7312 @end defcv
7313
7314 @deftypemethod {parser} {} parser (@var{type1} @var{arg1}, ...)
7315 Build a new parser object. There are no arguments by default, unless
7316 @samp{%parse-param @{@var{type1} @var{arg1}@}} was used.
7317 @end deftypemethod
7318
7319 @deftypemethod {parser} {int} parse ()
7320 Run the syntactic analysis, and return 0 on success, 1 otherwise.
7321 @end deftypemethod
7322
7323 @deftypemethod {parser} {std::ostream&} debug_stream ()
7324 @deftypemethodx {parser} {void} set_debug_stream (std::ostream& @var{o})
7325 Get or set the stream used for tracing the parsing. It defaults to
7326 @code{std::cerr}.
7327 @end deftypemethod
7328
7329 @deftypemethod {parser} {debug_level_type} debug_level ()
7330 @deftypemethodx {parser} {void} set_debug_level (debug_level @var{l})
7331 Get or set the tracing level. Currently its value is either 0, no trace,
7332 or nonzero, full tracing.
7333 @end deftypemethod
7334
7335 @deftypemethod {parser} {void} error (const location_type& @var{l}, const std::string& @var{m})
7336 The definition for this member function must be supplied by the user:
7337 the parser uses it to report a parser error occurring at @var{l},
7338 described by @var{m}.
7339 @end deftypemethod
7340
7341
7342 @node C++ Scanner Interface
7343 @subsection C++ Scanner Interface
7344 @c - prefix for yylex.
7345 @c - Pure interface to yylex
7346 @c - %lex-param
7347
7348 The parser invokes the scanner by calling @code{yylex}. Contrary to C
7349 parsers, C++ parsers are always pure: there is no point in using the
7350 @code{%pure-parser} directive. Therefore the interface is as follows.
7351
7352 @deftypemethod {parser} {int} yylex (semantic_value_type& @var{yylval}, location_type& @var{yylloc}, @var{type1} @var{arg1}, ...)
7353 Return the next token. Its type is the return value, its semantic
7354 value and location being @var{yylval} and @var{yylloc}. Invocations of
7355 @samp{%lex-param @{@var{type1} @var{arg1}@}} yield additional arguments.
7356 @end deftypemethod
7357
7358
7359 @node A Complete C++ Example
7360 @section A Complete C++ Example
7361
7362 This section demonstrates the use of a C++ parser with a simple but
7363 complete example. This example should be available on your system,
7364 ready to compile, in the directory @dfn{../bison/examples/calc++}. It
7365 focuses on the use of Bison, therefore the design of the various C++
7366 classes is very naive: no accessors, no encapsulation of members etc.
7367 We will use a Lex scanner, and more precisely, a Flex scanner, to
7368 demonstrate the various interaction. A hand written scanner is
7369 actually easier to interface with.
7370
7371 @menu
7372 * Calc++ --- C++ Calculator:: The specifications
7373 * Calc++ Parsing Driver:: An active parsing context
7374 * Calc++ Parser:: A parser class
7375 * Calc++ Scanner:: A pure C++ Flex scanner
7376 * Calc++ Top Level:: Conducting the band
7377 @end menu
7378
7379 @node Calc++ --- C++ Calculator
7380 @subsection Calc++ --- C++ Calculator
7381
7382 Of course the grammar is dedicated to arithmetics, a single
7383 expression, possibly preceded by variable assignments. An
7384 environment containing possibly predefined variables such as
7385 @code{one} and @code{two}, is exchanged with the parser. An example
7386 of valid input follows.
7387
7388 @example
7389 three := 3
7390 seven := one + two * three
7391 seven * seven
7392 @end example
7393
7394 @node Calc++ Parsing Driver
7395 @subsection Calc++ Parsing Driver
7396 @c - An env
7397 @c - A place to store error messages
7398 @c - A place for the result
7399
7400 To support a pure interface with the parser (and the scanner) the
7401 technique of the ``parsing context'' is convenient: a structure
7402 containing all the data to exchange. Since, in addition to simply
7403 launch the parsing, there are several auxiliary tasks to execute (open
7404 the file for parsing, instantiate the parser etc.), we recommend
7405 transforming the simple parsing context structure into a fully blown
7406 @dfn{parsing driver} class.
7407
7408 The declaration of this driver class, @file{calc++-driver.hh}, is as
7409 follows. The first part includes the CPP guard and imports the
7410 required standard library components, and the declaration of the parser
7411 class.
7412
7413 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7414 @example
7415 #ifndef CALCXX_DRIVER_HH
7416 # define CALCXX_DRIVER_HH
7417 # include <string>
7418 # include <map>
7419 # include "calc++-parser.hh"
7420 @end example
7421
7422
7423 @noindent
7424 Then comes the declaration of the scanning function. Flex expects
7425 the signature of @code{yylex} to be defined in the macro
7426 @code{YY_DECL}, and the C++ parser expects it to be declared. We can
7427 factor both as follows.
7428
7429 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7430 @example
7431 // Tell Flex the lexer's prototype ...
7432 # define YY_DECL \
7433 yy::calcxx_parser::token_type \
7434 yylex (yy::calcxx_parser::semantic_type* yylval, \
7435 yy::calcxx_parser::location_type* yylloc, \
7436 calcxx_driver& driver)
7437 // ... and declare it for the parser's sake.
7438 YY_DECL;
7439 @end example
7440
7441 @noindent
7442 The @code{calcxx_driver} class is then declared with its most obvious
7443 members.
7444
7445 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7446 @example
7447 // Conducting the whole scanning and parsing of Calc++.
7448 class calcxx_driver
7449 @{
7450 public:
7451 calcxx_driver ();
7452 virtual ~calcxx_driver ();
7453
7454 std::map<std::string, int> variables;
7455
7456 int result;
7457 @end example
7458
7459 @noindent
7460 To encapsulate the coordination with the Flex scanner, it is useful to
7461 have two members function to open and close the scanning phase.
7462
7463 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7464 @example
7465 // Handling the scanner.
7466 void scan_begin ();
7467 void scan_end ();
7468 bool trace_scanning;
7469 @end example
7470
7471 @noindent
7472 Similarly for the parser itself.
7473
7474 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7475 @example
7476 // Handling the parser.
7477 void parse (const std::string& f);
7478 std::string file;
7479 bool trace_parsing;
7480 @end example
7481
7482 @noindent
7483 To demonstrate pure handling of parse errors, instead of simply
7484 dumping them on the standard error output, we will pass them to the
7485 compiler driver using the following two member functions. Finally, we
7486 close the class declaration and CPP guard.
7487
7488 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7489 @example
7490 // Error handling.
7491 void error (const yy::location& l, const std::string& m);
7492 void error (const std::string& m);
7493 @};
7494 #endif // ! CALCXX_DRIVER_HH
7495 @end example
7496
7497 The implementation of the driver is straightforward. The @code{parse}
7498 member function deserves some attention. The @code{error} functions
7499 are simple stubs, they should actually register the located error
7500 messages and set error state.
7501
7502 @comment file: calc++-driver.cc
7503 @example
7504 #include "calc++-driver.hh"
7505 #include "calc++-parser.hh"
7506
7507 calcxx_driver::calcxx_driver ()
7508 : trace_scanning (false), trace_parsing (false)
7509 @{
7510 variables["one"] = 1;
7511 variables["two"] = 2;
7512 @}
7513
7514 calcxx_driver::~calcxx_driver ()
7515 @{
7516 @}
7517
7518 void
7519 calcxx_driver::parse (const std::string &f)
7520 @{
7521 file = f;
7522 scan_begin ();
7523 yy::calcxx_parser parser (*this);
7524 parser.set_debug_level (trace_parsing);
7525 parser.parse ();
7526 scan_end ();
7527 @}
7528
7529 void
7530 calcxx_driver::error (const yy::location& l, const std::string& m)
7531 @{
7532 std::cerr << l << ": " << m << std::endl;
7533 @}
7534
7535 void
7536 calcxx_driver::error (const std::string& m)
7537 @{
7538 std::cerr << m << std::endl;
7539 @}
7540 @end example
7541
7542 @node Calc++ Parser
7543 @subsection Calc++ Parser
7544
7545 The parser definition file @file{calc++-parser.yy} starts by asking for
7546 the C++ LALR(1) skeleton, the creation of the parser header file, and
7547 specifies the name of the parser class. Because the C++ skeleton
7548 changed several times, it is safer to require the version you designed
7549 the grammar for.
7550
7551 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7552 @example
7553 %skeleton "lalr1.cc" /* -*- C++ -*- */
7554 %require "2.1a"
7555 %defines
7556 %define "parser_class_name" "calcxx_parser"
7557 @end example
7558
7559 @noindent
7560 @findex %requires
7561 Then come the declarations/inclusions needed to define the
7562 @code{%union}. Because the parser uses the parsing driver and
7563 reciprocally, both cannot include the header of the other. Because the
7564 driver's header needs detailed knowledge about the parser class (in
7565 particular its inner types), it is the parser's header which will simply
7566 use a forward declaration of the driver.
7567 @xref{Table of Symbols, ,%requires}.
7568
7569 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7570 @example
7571 %requires @{
7572 # include <string>
7573 class calcxx_driver;
7574 @}
7575 @end example
7576
7577 @noindent
7578 The driver is passed by reference to the parser and to the scanner.
7579 This provides a simple but effective pure interface, not relying on
7580 global variables.
7581
7582 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7583 @example
7584 // The parsing context.
7585 %parse-param @{ calcxx_driver& driver @}
7586 %lex-param @{ calcxx_driver& driver @}
7587 @end example
7588
7589 @noindent
7590 Then we request the location tracking feature, and initialize the
7591 first location's file name. Afterwards new locations are computed
7592 relatively to the previous locations: the file name will be
7593 automatically propagated.
7594
7595 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7596 @example
7597 %locations
7598 %initial-action
7599 @{
7600 // Initialize the initial location.
7601 @@$.begin.filename = @@$.end.filename = &driver.file;
7602 @};
7603 @end example
7604
7605 @noindent
7606 Use the two following directives to enable parser tracing and verbose
7607 error messages.
7608
7609 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7610 @example
7611 %debug
7612 %error-verbose
7613 @end example
7614
7615 @noindent
7616 Semantic values cannot use ``real'' objects, but only pointers to
7617 them.
7618
7619 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7620 @example
7621 // Symbols.
7622 %union
7623 @{
7624 int ival;
7625 std::string *sval;
7626 @};
7627 @end example
7628
7629 @noindent
7630 @findex %code
7631 The code between @samp{%code @{} and @samp{@}} is output in the
7632 @file{*.cc} file; it needs detailed knowledge about the driver.
7633
7634 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7635 @example
7636 %code @{
7637 # include "calc++-driver.hh"
7638 @}
7639 @end example
7640
7641
7642 @noindent
7643 The token numbered as 0 corresponds to end of file; the following line
7644 allows for nicer error messages referring to ``end of file'' instead
7645 of ``$end''. Similarly user friendly named are provided for each
7646 symbol. Note that the tokens names are prefixed by @code{TOKEN_} to
7647 avoid name clashes.
7648
7649 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7650 @example
7651 %token END 0 "end of file"
7652 %token ASSIGN ":="
7653 %token <sval> IDENTIFIER "identifier"
7654 %token <ival> NUMBER "number"
7655 %type <ival> exp "expression"
7656 @end example
7657
7658 @noindent
7659 To enable memory deallocation during error recovery, use
7660 @code{%destructor}.
7661
7662 @c FIXME: Document %printer, and mention that it takes a braced-code operand.
7663 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7664 @example
7665 %printer @{ debug_stream () << *$$; @} "identifier"
7666 %destructor @{ delete $$; @} "identifier"
7667
7668 %printer @{ debug_stream () << $$; @} "number" "expression"
7669 @end example
7670
7671 @noindent
7672 The grammar itself is straightforward.
7673
7674 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7675 @example
7676 %%
7677 %start unit;
7678 unit: assignments exp @{ driver.result = $2; @};
7679
7680 assignments: assignments assignment @{@}
7681 | /* Nothing. */ @{@};
7682
7683 assignment:
7684 "identifier" ":=" exp
7685 @{ driver.variables[*$1] = $3; delete $1; @};
7686
7687 %left '+' '-';
7688 %left '*' '/';
7689 exp: exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
7690 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
7691 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
7692 | exp '/' exp @{ $$ = $1 / $3; @}
7693 | "identifier" @{ $$ = driver.variables[*$1]; delete $1; @}
7694 | "number" @{ $$ = $1; @};
7695 %%
7696 @end example
7697
7698 @noindent
7699 Finally the @code{error} member function registers the errors to the
7700 driver.
7701
7702 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7703 @example
7704 void
7705 yy::calcxx_parser::error (const yy::calcxx_parser::location_type& l,
7706 const std::string& m)
7707 @{
7708 driver.error (l, m);
7709 @}
7710 @end example
7711
7712 @node Calc++ Scanner
7713 @subsection Calc++ Scanner
7714
7715 The Flex scanner first includes the driver declaration, then the
7716 parser's to get the set of defined tokens.
7717
7718 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7719 @example
7720 %@{ /* -*- C++ -*- */
7721 # include <cstdlib>
7722 # include <errno.h>
7723 # include <limits.h>
7724 # include <string>
7725 # include "calc++-driver.hh"
7726 # include "calc++-parser.hh"
7727
7728 /* Work around an incompatibility in flex (at least versions
7729 2.5.31 through 2.5.33): it generates code that does
7730 not conform to C89. See Debian bug 333231
7731 <http://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?bug=333231>. */
7732 # undef yywrap
7733 # define yywrap() 1
7734
7735 /* By default yylex returns int, we use token_type.
7736 Unfortunately yyterminate by default returns 0, which is
7737 not of token_type. */
7738 #define yyterminate() return token::END
7739 %@}
7740 @end example
7741
7742 @noindent
7743 Because there is no @code{#include}-like feature we don't need
7744 @code{yywrap}, we don't need @code{unput} either, and we parse an
7745 actual file, this is not an interactive session with the user.
7746 Finally we enable the scanner tracing features.
7747
7748 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7749 @example
7750 %option noyywrap nounput batch debug
7751 @end example
7752
7753 @noindent
7754 Abbreviations allow for more readable rules.
7755
7756 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7757 @example
7758 id [a-zA-Z][a-zA-Z_0-9]*
7759 int [0-9]+
7760 blank [ \t]
7761 @end example
7762
7763 @noindent
7764 The following paragraph suffices to track locations accurately. Each
7765 time @code{yylex} is invoked, the begin position is moved onto the end
7766 position. Then when a pattern is matched, the end position is
7767 advanced of its width. In case it matched ends of lines, the end
7768 cursor is adjusted, and each time blanks are matched, the begin cursor
7769 is moved onto the end cursor to effectively ignore the blanks
7770 preceding tokens. Comments would be treated equally.
7771
7772 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7773 @example
7774 %@{
7775 # define YY_USER_ACTION yylloc->columns (yyleng);
7776 %@}
7777 %%
7778 %@{
7779 yylloc->step ();
7780 %@}
7781 @{blank@}+ yylloc->step ();
7782 [\n]+ yylloc->lines (yyleng); yylloc->step ();
7783 @end example
7784
7785 @noindent
7786 The rules are simple, just note the use of the driver to report errors.
7787 It is convenient to use a typedef to shorten
7788 @code{yy::calcxx_parser::token::identifier} into
7789 @code{token::identifier} for instance.
7790
7791 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7792 @example
7793 %@{
7794 typedef yy::calcxx_parser::token token;
7795 %@}
7796 /* Convert ints to the actual type of tokens. */
7797 [-+*/] return yy::calcxx_parser::token_type (yytext[0]);
7798 ":=" return token::ASSIGN;
7799 @{int@} @{
7800 errno = 0;
7801 long n = strtol (yytext, NULL, 10);
7802 if (! (INT_MIN <= n && n <= INT_MAX && errno != ERANGE))
7803 driver.error (*yylloc, "integer is out of range");
7804 yylval->ival = n;
7805 return token::NUMBER;
7806 @}
7807 @{id@} yylval->sval = new std::string (yytext); return token::IDENTIFIER;
7808 . driver.error (*yylloc, "invalid character");
7809 %%
7810 @end example
7811
7812 @noindent
7813 Finally, because the scanner related driver's member function depend
7814 on the scanner's data, it is simpler to implement them in this file.
7815
7816 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7817 @example
7818 void
7819 calcxx_driver::scan_begin ()
7820 @{
7821 yy_flex_debug = trace_scanning;
7822 if (!(yyin = fopen (file.c_str (), "r")))
7823 error (std::string ("cannot open ") + file);
7824 @}
7825
7826 void
7827 calcxx_driver::scan_end ()
7828 @{
7829 fclose (yyin);
7830 @}
7831 @end example
7832
7833 @node Calc++ Top Level
7834 @subsection Calc++ Top Level
7835
7836 The top level file, @file{calc++.cc}, poses no problem.
7837
7838 @comment file: calc++.cc
7839 @example
7840 #include <iostream>
7841 #include "calc++-driver.hh"
7842
7843 int
7844 main (int argc, char *argv[])
7845 @{
7846 calcxx_driver driver;
7847 for (++argv; argv[0]; ++argv)
7848 if (*argv == std::string ("-p"))
7849 driver.trace_parsing = true;
7850 else if (*argv == std::string ("-s"))
7851 driver.trace_scanning = true;
7852 else
7853 @{
7854 driver.parse (*argv);
7855 std::cout << driver.result << std::endl;
7856 @}
7857 @}
7858 @end example
7859
7860 @c ================================================= FAQ
7861
7862 @node FAQ
7863 @chapter Frequently Asked Questions
7864 @cindex frequently asked questions
7865 @cindex questions
7866
7867 Several questions about Bison come up occasionally. Here some of them
7868 are addressed.
7869
7870 @menu
7871 * Memory Exhausted:: Breaking the Stack Limits
7872 * How Can I Reset the Parser:: @code{yyparse} Keeps some State
7873 * Strings are Destroyed:: @code{yylval} Loses Track of Strings
7874 * Implementing Gotos/Loops:: Control Flow in the Calculator
7875 * Multiple start-symbols:: Factoring closely related grammars
7876 * Secure? Conform?:: Is Bison @acronym{POSIX} safe?
7877 * I can't build Bison:: Troubleshooting
7878 * Where can I find help?:: Troubleshouting
7879 * Bug Reports:: Troublereporting
7880 * Other Languages:: Parsers in Java and others
7881 * Beta Testing:: Experimenting development versions
7882 * Mailing Lists:: Meeting other Bison users
7883 @end menu
7884
7885 @node Memory Exhausted
7886 @section Memory Exhausted
7887
7888 @display
7889 My parser returns with error with a @samp{memory exhausted}
7890 message. What can I do?
7891 @end display
7892
7893 This question is already addressed elsewhere, @xref{Recursion,
7894 ,Recursive Rules}.
7895
7896 @node How Can I Reset the Parser
7897 @section How Can I Reset the Parser
7898
7899 The following phenomenon has several symptoms, resulting in the
7900 following typical questions:
7901
7902 @display
7903 I invoke @code{yyparse} several times, and on correct input it works
7904 properly; but when a parse error is found, all the other calls fail
7905 too. How can I reset the error flag of @code{yyparse}?
7906 @end display
7907
7908 @noindent
7909 or
7910
7911 @display
7912 My parser includes support for an @samp{#include}-like feature, in
7913 which case I run @code{yyparse} from @code{yyparse}. This fails
7914 although I did specify I needed a @code{%pure-parser}.
7915 @end display
7916
7917 These problems typically come not from Bison itself, but from
7918 Lex-generated scanners. Because these scanners use large buffers for
7919 speed, they might not notice a change of input file. As a
7920 demonstration, consider the following source file,
7921 @file{first-line.l}:
7922
7923 @verbatim
7924 %{
7925 #include <stdio.h>
7926 #include <stdlib.h>
7927 %}
7928 %%
7929 .*\n ECHO; return 1;
7930 %%
7931 int
7932 yyparse (char const *file)
7933 {
7934 yyin = fopen (file, "r");
7935 if (!yyin)
7936 exit (2);
7937 /* One token only. */
7938 yylex ();
7939 if (fclose (yyin) != 0)
7940 exit (3);
7941 return 0;
7942 }
7943
7944 int
7945 main (void)
7946 {
7947 yyparse ("input");
7948 yyparse ("input");
7949 return 0;
7950 }
7951 @end verbatim
7952
7953 @noindent
7954 If the file @file{input} contains
7955
7956 @verbatim
7957 input:1: Hello,
7958 input:2: World!
7959 @end verbatim
7960
7961 @noindent
7962 then instead of getting the first line twice, you get:
7963
7964 @example
7965 $ @kbd{flex -ofirst-line.c first-line.l}
7966 $ @kbd{gcc -ofirst-line first-line.c -ll}
7967 $ @kbd{./first-line}
7968 input:1: Hello,
7969 input:2: World!
7970 @end example
7971
7972 Therefore, whenever you change @code{yyin}, you must tell the
7973 Lex-generated scanner to discard its current buffer and switch to the
7974 new one. This depends upon your implementation of Lex; see its
7975 documentation for more. For Flex, it suffices to call
7976 @samp{YY_FLUSH_BUFFER} after each change to @code{yyin}. If your
7977 Flex-generated scanner needs to read from several input streams to
7978 handle features like include files, you might consider using Flex
7979 functions like @samp{yy_switch_to_buffer} that manipulate multiple
7980 input buffers.
7981
7982 If your Flex-generated scanner uses start conditions (@pxref{Start
7983 conditions, , Start conditions, flex, The Flex Manual}), you might
7984 also want to reset the scanner's state, i.e., go back to the initial
7985 start condition, through a call to @samp{BEGIN (0)}.
7986
7987 @node Strings are Destroyed
7988 @section Strings are Destroyed
7989
7990 @display
7991 My parser seems to destroy old strings, or maybe it loses track of
7992 them. Instead of reporting @samp{"foo", "bar"}, it reports
7993 @samp{"bar", "bar"}, or even @samp{"foo\nbar", "bar"}.
7994 @end display
7995
7996 This error is probably the single most frequent ``bug report'' sent to
7997 Bison lists, but is only concerned with a misunderstanding of the role
7998 of the scanner. Consider the following Lex code:
7999
8000 @verbatim
8001 %{
8002 #include <stdio.h>
8003 char *yylval = NULL;
8004 %}
8005 %%
8006 .* yylval = yytext; return 1;
8007 \n /* IGNORE */
8008 %%
8009 int
8010 main ()
8011 {
8012 /* Similar to using $1, $2 in a Bison action. */
8013 char *fst = (yylex (), yylval);
8014 char *snd = (yylex (), yylval);
8015 printf ("\"%s\", \"%s\"\n", fst, snd);
8016 return 0;
8017 }
8018 @end verbatim
8019
8020 If you compile and run this code, you get:
8021
8022 @example
8023 $ @kbd{flex -osplit-lines.c split-lines.l}
8024 $ @kbd{gcc -osplit-lines split-lines.c -ll}
8025 $ @kbd{printf 'one\ntwo\n' | ./split-lines}
8026 "one
8027 two", "two"
8028 @end example
8029
8030 @noindent
8031 this is because @code{yytext} is a buffer provided for @emph{reading}
8032 in the action, but if you want to keep it, you have to duplicate it
8033 (e.g., using @code{strdup}). Note that the output may depend on how
8034 your implementation of Lex handles @code{yytext}. For instance, when
8035 given the Lex compatibility option @option{-l} (which triggers the
8036 option @samp{%array}) Flex generates a different behavior:
8037
8038 @example
8039 $ @kbd{flex -l -osplit-lines.c split-lines.l}
8040 $ @kbd{gcc -osplit-lines split-lines.c -ll}
8041 $ @kbd{printf 'one\ntwo\n' | ./split-lines}
8042 "two", "two"
8043 @end example
8044
8045
8046 @node Implementing Gotos/Loops
8047 @section Implementing Gotos/Loops
8048
8049 @display
8050 My simple calculator supports variables, assignments, and functions,
8051 but how can I implement gotos, or loops?
8052 @end display
8053
8054 Although very pedagogical, the examples included in the document blur
8055 the distinction to make between the parser---whose job is to recover
8056 the structure of a text and to transmit it to subsequent modules of
8057 the program---and the processing (such as the execution) of this
8058 structure. This works well with so called straight line programs,
8059 i.e., precisely those that have a straightforward execution model:
8060 execute simple instructions one after the others.
8061
8062 @cindex abstract syntax tree
8063 @cindex @acronym{AST}
8064 If you want a richer model, you will probably need to use the parser
8065 to construct a tree that does represent the structure it has
8066 recovered; this tree is usually called the @dfn{abstract syntax tree},
8067 or @dfn{@acronym{AST}} for short. Then, walking through this tree,
8068 traversing it in various ways, will enable treatments such as its
8069 execution or its translation, which will result in an interpreter or a
8070 compiler.
8071
8072 This topic is way beyond the scope of this manual, and the reader is
8073 invited to consult the dedicated literature.
8074
8075
8076 @node Multiple start-symbols
8077 @section Multiple start-symbols
8078
8079 @display
8080 I have several closely related grammars, and I would like to share their
8081 implementations. In fact, I could use a single grammar but with
8082 multiple entry points.
8083 @end display
8084
8085 Bison does not support multiple start-symbols, but there is a very
8086 simple means to simulate them. If @code{foo} and @code{bar} are the two
8087 pseudo start-symbols, then introduce two new tokens, say
8088 @code{START_FOO} and @code{START_BAR}, and use them as switches from the
8089 real start-symbol:
8090
8091 @example
8092 %token START_FOO START_BAR;
8093 %start start;
8094 start: START_FOO foo
8095 | START_BAR bar;
8096 @end example
8097
8098 These tokens prevents the introduction of new conflicts. As far as the
8099 parser goes, that is all that is needed.
8100
8101 Now the difficult part is ensuring that the scanner will send these
8102 tokens first. If your scanner is hand-written, that should be
8103 straightforward. If your scanner is generated by Lex, them there is
8104 simple means to do it: recall that anything between @samp{%@{ ... %@}}
8105 after the first @code{%%} is copied verbatim in the top of the generated
8106 @code{yylex} function. Make sure a variable @code{start_token} is
8107 available in the scanner (e.g., a global variable or using
8108 @code{%lex-param} etc.), and use the following:
8109
8110 @example
8111 /* @r{Prologue.} */
8112 %%
8113 %@{
8114 if (start_token)
8115 @{
8116 int t = start_token;
8117 start_token = 0;
8118 return t;
8119 @}
8120 %@}
8121 /* @r{The rules.} */
8122 @end example
8123
8124
8125 @node Secure? Conform?
8126 @section Secure? Conform?
8127
8128 @display
8129 Is Bison secure? Does it conform to POSIX?
8130 @end display
8131
8132 If you're looking for a guarantee or certification, we don't provide it.
8133 However, Bison is intended to be a reliable program that conforms to the
8134 @acronym{POSIX} specification for Yacc. If you run into problems,
8135 please send us a bug report.
8136
8137 @node I can't build Bison
8138 @section I can't build Bison
8139
8140 @display
8141 I can't build Bison because @command{make} complains that
8142 @code{msgfmt} is not found.
8143 What should I do?
8144 @end display
8145
8146 Like most GNU packages with internationalization support, that feature
8147 is turned on by default. If you have problems building in the @file{po}
8148 subdirectory, it indicates that your system's internationalization
8149 support is lacking. You can re-configure Bison with
8150 @option{--disable-nls} to turn off this support, or you can install GNU
8151 gettext from @url{ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/gettext/} and re-configure
8152 Bison. See the file @file{ABOUT-NLS} for more information.
8153
8154
8155 @node Where can I find help?
8156 @section Where can I find help?
8157
8158 @display
8159 I'm having trouble using Bison. Where can I find help?
8160 @end display
8161
8162 First, read this fine manual. Beyond that, you can send mail to
8163 @email{help-bison@@gnu.org}. This mailing list is intended to be
8164 populated with people who are willing to answer questions about using
8165 and installing Bison. Please keep in mind that (most of) the people on
8166 the list have aspects of their lives which are not related to Bison (!),
8167 so you may not receive an answer to your question right away. This can
8168 be frustrating, but please try not to honk them off; remember that any
8169 help they provide is purely voluntary and out of the kindness of their
8170 hearts.
8171
8172 @node Bug Reports
8173 @section Bug Reports
8174
8175 @display
8176 I found a bug. What should I include in the bug report?
8177 @end display
8178
8179 Before you send a bug report, make sure you are using the latest
8180 version. Check @url{ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/bison/} or one of its
8181 mirrors. Be sure to include the version number in your bug report. If
8182 the bug is present in the latest version but not in a previous version,
8183 try to determine the most recent version which did not contain the bug.
8184
8185 If the bug is parser-related, you should include the smallest grammar
8186 you can which demonstrates the bug. The grammar file should also be
8187 complete (i.e., I should be able to run it through Bison without having
8188 to edit or add anything). The smaller and simpler the grammar, the
8189 easier it will be to fix the bug.
8190
8191 Include information about your compilation environment, including your
8192 operating system's name and version and your compiler's name and
8193 version. If you have trouble compiling, you should also include a
8194 transcript of the build session, starting with the invocation of
8195 `configure'. Depending on the nature of the bug, you may be asked to
8196 send additional files as well (such as `config.h' or `config.cache').
8197
8198 Patches are most welcome, but not required. That is, do not hesitate to
8199 send a bug report just because you can not provide a fix.
8200
8201 Send bug reports to @email{bug-bison@@gnu.org}.
8202
8203 @node Other Languages
8204 @section Other Languages
8205
8206 @display
8207 Will Bison ever have C++ support? How about Java or @var{insert your
8208 favorite language here}?
8209 @end display
8210
8211 C++ support is there now, and is documented. We'd love to add other
8212 languages; contributions are welcome.
8213
8214 @node Beta Testing
8215 @section Beta Testing
8216
8217 @display
8218 What is involved in being a beta tester?
8219 @end display
8220
8221 It's not terribly involved. Basically, you would download a test
8222 release, compile it, and use it to build and run a parser or two. After
8223 that, you would submit either a bug report or a message saying that
8224 everything is okay. It is important to report successes as well as
8225 failures because test releases eventually become mainstream releases,
8226 but only if they are adequately tested. If no one tests, development is
8227 essentially halted.
8228
8229 Beta testers are particularly needed for operating systems to which the
8230 developers do not have easy access. They currently have easy access to
8231 recent GNU/Linux and Solaris versions. Reports about other operating
8232 systems are especially welcome.
8233
8234 @node Mailing Lists
8235 @section Mailing Lists
8236
8237 @display
8238 How do I join the help-bison and bug-bison mailing lists?
8239 @end display
8240
8241 See @url{http://lists.gnu.org/}.
8242
8243 @c ================================================= Table of Symbols
8244
8245 @node Table of Symbols
8246 @appendix Bison Symbols
8247 @cindex Bison symbols, table of
8248 @cindex symbols in Bison, table of
8249
8250 @deffn {Variable} @@$
8251 In an action, the location of the left-hand side of the rule.
8252 @xref{Locations, , Locations Overview}.
8253 @end deffn
8254
8255 @deffn {Variable} @@@var{n}
8256 In an action, the location of the @var{n}-th symbol of the right-hand
8257 side of the rule. @xref{Locations, , Locations Overview}.
8258 @end deffn
8259
8260 @deffn {Variable} $$
8261 In an action, the semantic value of the left-hand side of the rule.
8262 @xref{Actions}.
8263 @end deffn
8264
8265 @deffn {Variable} $@var{n}
8266 In an action, the semantic value of the @var{n}-th symbol of the
8267 right-hand side of the rule. @xref{Actions}.
8268 @end deffn
8269
8270 @deffn {Delimiter} %%
8271 Delimiter used to separate the grammar rule section from the
8272 Bison declarations section or the epilogue.
8273 @xref{Grammar Layout, ,The Overall Layout of a Bison Grammar}.
8274 @end deffn
8275
8276 @c Don't insert spaces, or check the DVI output.
8277 @deffn {Delimiter} %@{@var{code}%@}
8278 All code listed between @samp{%@{} and @samp{%@}} is copied directly to
8279 the output file uninterpreted. Such code forms the prologue of the input
8280 file. @xref{Grammar Outline, ,Outline of a Bison
8281 Grammar}.
8282 @end deffn
8283
8284 @deffn {Construct} /*@dots{}*/
8285 Comment delimiters, as in C.
8286 @end deffn
8287
8288 @deffn {Delimiter} :
8289 Separates a rule's result from its components. @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of
8290 Grammar Rules}.
8291 @end deffn
8292
8293 @deffn {Delimiter} ;
8294 Terminates a rule. @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
8295 @end deffn
8296
8297 @deffn {Delimiter} |
8298 Separates alternate rules for the same result nonterminal.
8299 @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
8300 @end deffn
8301
8302 @deffn {Symbol} $accept
8303 The predefined nonterminal whose only rule is @samp{$accept: @var{start}
8304 $end}, where @var{start} is the start symbol. @xref{Start Decl, , The
8305 Start-Symbol}. It cannot be used in the grammar.
8306 @end deffn
8307
8308 @deffn {Directive} %code @{@var{code}@}
8309 Specifies code to be inserted into the code file after the contents of the
8310 header file.
8311 @xref{Table of Symbols, ,%requires}.
8312 @end deffn
8313
8314 @deffn {Directive} %provides @{@var{code}@}
8315 Specifies code to be inserted both into the header file (if generated;
8316 @pxref{Table of Symbols, ,%defines}) and into the code file after any
8317 Bison-generated definitions.
8318 @xref{Table of Symbols, ,%requires}.
8319 @end deffn
8320
8321 @deffn {Directive} %requires @{@var{code}@}
8322 Specifies code to be inserted both into the header file (if generated;
8323 @pxref{Table of Symbols, ,%defines}) and into the code file before any
8324 Bison-generated definitions.
8325
8326 @cindex Prologue
8327 @findex %union
8328 @findex %provides
8329 @findex %code
8330 For example, the following declaration order in the grammar file reflects the
8331 order in which Bison will output these code blocks. However, you are free to
8332 declare these code blocks in your grammar file in whatever order is most
8333 convenient for you:
8334
8335 @smallexample
8336 %requires @{
8337 /* Bison inserts this block into both the header file and the code
8338 * file. In both files, the point of insertion is before any
8339 * Bison-generated token, semantic type, location type, and class
8340 * definitions. This is a good place to define %union
8341 * dependencies, for example. */
8342 @}
8343 %union @{
8344 /* Unlike the traditional Yacc prologue blocks, the output order
8345 * for %requires, %provides or %code blocks is not affected by their
8346 * declaration position relative to any %union in the grammar file. */
8347 @}
8348 %provides @{
8349 /* Bison inserts this block into both the header file and the code
8350 * file. In both files, the point of insertion is after the
8351 * Bison-generated definitions. This is a good place to declare or
8352 * define public functions or data structures that depend on the
8353 * Bison-generated definitions. */
8354 @}
8355 %code @{
8356 /* Bison treats this block like a post-prologue block: it inserts
8357 * it into the code file after the contents of the header file. It
8358 * does *not* insert it into the header file. This is a good place
8359 * to declare or define internal functions or data structures that
8360 * depend on the Bison-generated definitions. */
8361 @}
8362 @end smallexample
8363
8364 If you have multiple occurrences of any one of the above declarations, Bison
8365 will concatenate the contents in declaration order.
8366
8367 @xref{Prologue, ,The Prologue}.
8368 @end deffn
8369
8370 @deffn {Directive} %debug
8371 Equip the parser for debugging. @xref{Decl Summary}.
8372 @end deffn
8373
8374 @deffn {Directive} %debug
8375 Equip the parser for debugging. @xref{Decl Summary}.
8376 @end deffn
8377
8378 @ifset defaultprec
8379 @deffn {Directive} %default-prec
8380 Assign a precedence to rules that lack an explicit @samp{%prec}
8381 modifier. @xref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent
8382 Precedence}.
8383 @end deffn
8384 @end ifset
8385
8386 @deffn {Directive} %defines
8387 Bison declaration to create a header file meant for the scanner.
8388 @xref{Decl Summary}.
8389 @end deffn
8390
8391 @deffn {Directive} %destructor
8392 Specify how the parser should reclaim the memory associated to
8393 discarded symbols. @xref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing Discarded Symbols}.
8394 @end deffn
8395
8396 @deffn {Directive} %dprec
8397 Bison declaration to assign a precedence to a rule that is used at parse
8398 time to resolve reduce/reduce conflicts. @xref{GLR Parsers, ,Writing
8399 @acronym{GLR} Parsers}.
8400 @end deffn
8401
8402 @deffn {Symbol} $end
8403 The predefined token marking the end of the token stream. It cannot be
8404 used in the grammar.
8405 @end deffn
8406
8407 @deffn {Symbol} error
8408 A token name reserved for error recovery. This token may be used in
8409 grammar rules so as to allow the Bison parser to recognize an error in
8410 the grammar without halting the process. In effect, a sentence
8411 containing an error may be recognized as valid. On a syntax error, the
8412 token @code{error} becomes the current lookahead token. Actions
8413 corresponding to @code{error} are then executed, and the lookahead
8414 token is reset to the token that originally caused the violation.
8415 @xref{Error Recovery}.
8416 @end deffn
8417
8418 @deffn {Directive} %error-verbose
8419 Bison declaration to request verbose, specific error message strings
8420 when @code{yyerror} is called.
8421 @end deffn
8422
8423 @deffn {Directive} %file-prefix="@var{prefix}"
8424 Bison declaration to set the prefix of the output files. @xref{Decl
8425 Summary}.
8426 @end deffn
8427
8428 @deffn {Directive} %glr-parser
8429 Bison declaration to produce a @acronym{GLR} parser. @xref{GLR
8430 Parsers, ,Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers}.
8431 @end deffn
8432
8433 @deffn {Directive} %initial-action
8434 Run user code before parsing. @xref{Initial Action Decl, , Performing Actions before Parsing}.
8435 @end deffn
8436
8437 @deffn {Directive} %left
8438 Bison declaration to assign left associativity to token(s).
8439 @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}.
8440 @end deffn
8441
8442 @deffn {Directive} %lex-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
8443 Bison declaration to specifying an additional parameter that
8444 @code{yylex} should accept. @xref{Pure Calling,, Calling Conventions
8445 for Pure Parsers}.
8446 @end deffn
8447
8448 @deffn {Directive} %merge
8449 Bison declaration to assign a merging function to a rule. If there is a
8450 reduce/reduce conflict with a rule having the same merging function, the
8451 function is applied to the two semantic values to get a single result.
8452 @xref{GLR Parsers, ,Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers}.
8453 @end deffn
8454
8455 @deffn {Directive} %name-prefix="@var{prefix}"
8456 Bison declaration to rename the external symbols. @xref{Decl Summary}.
8457 @end deffn
8458
8459 @ifset defaultprec
8460 @deffn {Directive} %no-default-prec
8461 Do not assign a precedence to rules that lack an explicit @samp{%prec}
8462 modifier. @xref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent
8463 Precedence}.
8464 @end deffn
8465 @end ifset
8466
8467 @deffn {Directive} %no-lines
8468 Bison declaration to avoid generating @code{#line} directives in the
8469 parser file. @xref{Decl Summary}.
8470 @end deffn
8471
8472 @deffn {Directive} %nonassoc
8473 Bison declaration to assign nonassociativity to token(s).
8474 @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}.
8475 @end deffn
8476
8477 @deffn {Directive} %output="@var{file}"
8478 Bison declaration to set the name of the parser file. @xref{Decl
8479 Summary}.
8480 @end deffn
8481
8482 @deffn {Directive} %parse-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
8483 Bison declaration to specifying an additional parameter that
8484 @code{yyparse} should accept. @xref{Parser Function,, The Parser
8485 Function @code{yyparse}}.
8486 @end deffn
8487
8488 @deffn {Directive} %prec
8489 Bison declaration to assign a precedence to a specific rule.
8490 @xref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}.
8491 @end deffn
8492
8493 @deffn {Directive} %pure-parser
8494 Bison declaration to request a pure (reentrant) parser.
8495 @xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}.
8496 @end deffn
8497
8498 @deffn {Directive} %require "@var{version}"
8499 Require version @var{version} or higher of Bison. @xref{Require Decl, ,
8500 Require a Version of Bison}.
8501 @end deffn
8502
8503 @deffn {Directive} %right
8504 Bison declaration to assign right associativity to token(s).
8505 @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}.
8506 @end deffn
8507
8508 @deffn {Directive} %start
8509 Bison declaration to specify the start symbol. @xref{Start Decl, ,The
8510 Start-Symbol}.
8511 @end deffn
8512
8513 @deffn {Directive} %symbol-default
8514 Used to declare a default @code{%destructor} or default @code{%printer}.
8515 @xref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing Discarded Symbols}.
8516 @end deffn
8517
8518 @deffn {Directive} %token
8519 Bison declaration to declare token(s) without specifying precedence.
8520 @xref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names}.
8521 @end deffn
8522
8523 @deffn {Directive} %token-table
8524 Bison declaration to include a token name table in the parser file.
8525 @xref{Decl Summary}.
8526 @end deffn
8527
8528 @deffn {Directive} %type
8529 Bison declaration to declare nonterminals. @xref{Type Decl,
8530 ,Nonterminal Symbols}.
8531 @end deffn
8532
8533 @deffn {Symbol} $undefined
8534 The predefined token onto which all undefined values returned by
8535 @code{yylex} are mapped. It cannot be used in the grammar, rather, use
8536 @code{error}.
8537 @end deffn
8538
8539 @deffn {Directive} %union
8540 Bison declaration to specify several possible data types for semantic
8541 values. @xref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}.
8542 @end deffn
8543
8544 @deffn {Macro} YYABORT
8545 Macro to pretend that an unrecoverable syntax error has occurred, by
8546 making @code{yyparse} return 1 immediately. The error reporting
8547 function @code{yyerror} is not called. @xref{Parser Function, ,The
8548 Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
8549 @end deffn
8550
8551 @deffn {Macro} YYACCEPT
8552 Macro to pretend that a complete utterance of the language has been
8553 read, by making @code{yyparse} return 0 immediately.
8554 @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
8555 @end deffn
8556
8557 @deffn {Macro} YYBACKUP
8558 Macro to discard a value from the parser stack and fake a lookahead
8559 token. @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
8560 @end deffn
8561
8562 @deffn {Variable} yychar
8563 External integer variable that contains the integer value of the
8564 lookahead token. (In a pure parser, it is a local variable within
8565 @code{yyparse}.) Error-recovery rule actions may examine this variable.
8566 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
8567 @end deffn
8568
8569 @deffn {Variable} yyclearin
8570 Macro used in error-recovery rule actions. It clears the previous
8571 lookahead token. @xref{Error Recovery}.
8572 @end deffn
8573
8574 @deffn {Macro} YYDEBUG
8575 Macro to define to equip the parser with tracing code. @xref{Tracing,
8576 ,Tracing Your Parser}.
8577 @end deffn
8578
8579 @deffn {Variable} yydebug
8580 External integer variable set to zero by default. If @code{yydebug}
8581 is given a nonzero value, the parser will output information on input
8582 symbols and parser action. @xref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}.
8583 @end deffn
8584
8585 @deffn {Macro} yyerrok
8586 Macro to cause parser to recover immediately to its normal mode
8587 after a syntax error. @xref{Error Recovery}.
8588 @end deffn
8589
8590 @deffn {Macro} YYERROR
8591 Macro to pretend that a syntax error has just been detected: call
8592 @code{yyerror} and then perform normal error recovery if possible
8593 (@pxref{Error Recovery}), or (if recovery is impossible) make
8594 @code{yyparse} return 1. @xref{Error Recovery}.
8595 @end deffn
8596
8597 @deffn {Function} yyerror
8598 User-supplied function to be called by @code{yyparse} on error.
8599 @xref{Error Reporting, ,The Error
8600 Reporting Function @code{yyerror}}.
8601 @end deffn
8602
8603 @deffn {Macro} YYERROR_VERBOSE
8604 An obsolete macro that you define with @code{#define} in the prologue
8605 to request verbose, specific error message strings
8606 when @code{yyerror} is called. It doesn't matter what definition you
8607 use for @code{YYERROR_VERBOSE}, just whether you define it. Using
8608 @code{%error-verbose} is preferred.
8609 @end deffn
8610
8611 @deffn {Macro} YYINITDEPTH
8612 Macro for specifying the initial size of the parser stack.
8613 @xref{Memory Management}.
8614 @end deffn
8615
8616 @deffn {Function} yylex
8617 User-supplied lexical analyzer function, called with no arguments to get
8618 the next token. @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical Analyzer Function
8619 @code{yylex}}.
8620 @end deffn
8621
8622 @deffn {Macro} YYLEX_PARAM
8623 An obsolete macro for specifying an extra argument (or list of extra
8624 arguments) for @code{yyparse} to pass to @code{yylex}. The use of this
8625 macro is deprecated, and is supported only for Yacc like parsers.
8626 @xref{Pure Calling,, Calling Conventions for Pure Parsers}.
8627 @end deffn
8628
8629 @deffn {Variable} yylloc
8630 External variable in which @code{yylex} should place the line and column
8631 numbers associated with a token. (In a pure parser, it is a local
8632 variable within @code{yyparse}, and its address is passed to
8633 @code{yylex}.)
8634 You can ignore this variable if you don't use the @samp{@@} feature in the
8635 grammar actions.
8636 @xref{Token Locations, ,Textual Locations of Tokens}.
8637 In semantic actions, it stores the location of the lookahead token.
8638 @xref{Actions and Locations, ,Actions and Locations}.
8639 @end deffn
8640
8641 @deffn {Type} YYLTYPE
8642 Data type of @code{yylloc}; by default, a structure with four
8643 members. @xref{Location Type, , Data Types of Locations}.
8644 @end deffn
8645
8646 @deffn {Variable} yylval
8647 External variable in which @code{yylex} should place the semantic
8648 value associated with a token. (In a pure parser, it is a local
8649 variable within @code{yyparse}, and its address is passed to
8650 @code{yylex}.)
8651 @xref{Token Values, ,Semantic Values of Tokens}.
8652 In semantic actions, it stores the semantic value of the lookahead token.
8653 @xref{Actions, ,Actions}.
8654 @end deffn
8655
8656 @deffn {Macro} YYMAXDEPTH
8657 Macro for specifying the maximum size of the parser stack. @xref{Memory
8658 Management}.
8659 @end deffn
8660
8661 @deffn {Variable} yynerrs
8662 Global variable which Bison increments each time it reports a syntax error.
8663 (In a pure parser, it is a local variable within @code{yyparse}.)
8664 @xref{Error Reporting, ,The Error Reporting Function @code{yyerror}}.
8665 @end deffn
8666
8667 @deffn {Function} yyparse
8668 The parser function produced by Bison; call this function to start
8669 parsing. @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
8670 @end deffn
8671
8672 @deffn {Macro} YYPARSE_PARAM
8673 An obsolete macro for specifying the name of a parameter that
8674 @code{yyparse} should accept. The use of this macro is deprecated, and
8675 is supported only for Yacc like parsers. @xref{Pure Calling,, Calling
8676 Conventions for Pure Parsers}.
8677 @end deffn
8678
8679 @deffn {Macro} YYRECOVERING
8680 The expression @code{YYRECOVERING ()} yields 1 when the parser
8681 is recovering from a syntax error, and 0 otherwise.
8682 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
8683 @end deffn
8684
8685 @deffn {Macro} YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
8686 Macro used to control the use of @code{alloca} when the C
8687 @acronym{LALR}(1) parser needs to extend its stacks. If defined to 0,
8688 the parser will use @code{malloc} to extend its stacks. If defined to
8689 1, the parser will use @code{alloca}. Values other than 0 and 1 are
8690 reserved for future Bison extensions. If not defined,
8691 @code{YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA} defaults to 0.
8692
8693 In the all-too-common case where your code may run on a host with a
8694 limited stack and with unreliable stack-overflow checking, you should
8695 set @code{YYMAXDEPTH} to a value that cannot possibly result in
8696 unchecked stack overflow on any of your target hosts when
8697 @code{alloca} is called. You can inspect the code that Bison
8698 generates in order to determine the proper numeric values. This will
8699 require some expertise in low-level implementation details.
8700 @end deffn
8701
8702 @deffn {Type} YYSTYPE
8703 Data type of semantic values; @code{int} by default.
8704 @xref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}.
8705 @end deffn
8706
8707 @node Glossary
8708 @appendix Glossary
8709 @cindex glossary
8710
8711 @table @asis
8712 @item Backus-Naur Form (@acronym{BNF}; also called ``Backus Normal Form'')
8713 Formal method of specifying context-free grammars originally proposed
8714 by John Backus, and slightly improved by Peter Naur in his 1960-01-02
8715 committee document contributing to what became the Algol 60 report.
8716 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
8717
8718 @item Context-free grammars
8719 Grammars specified as rules that can be applied regardless of context.
8720 Thus, if there is a rule which says that an integer can be used as an
8721 expression, integers are allowed @emph{anywhere} an expression is
8722 permitted. @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free
8723 Grammars}.
8724
8725 @item Dynamic allocation
8726 Allocation of memory that occurs during execution, rather than at
8727 compile time or on entry to a function.
8728
8729 @item Empty string
8730 Analogous to the empty set in set theory, the empty string is a
8731 character string of length zero.
8732
8733 @item Finite-state stack machine
8734 A ``machine'' that has discrete states in which it is said to exist at
8735 each instant in time. As input to the machine is processed, the
8736 machine moves from state to state as specified by the logic of the
8737 machine. In the case of the parser, the input is the language being
8738 parsed, and the states correspond to various stages in the grammar
8739 rules. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}.
8740
8741 @item Generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR})
8742 A parsing algorithm that can handle all context-free grammars, including those
8743 that are not @acronym{LALR}(1). It resolves situations that Bison's
8744 usual @acronym{LALR}(1)
8745 algorithm cannot by effectively splitting off multiple parsers, trying all
8746 possible parsers, and discarding those that fail in the light of additional
8747 right context. @xref{Generalized LR Parsing, ,Generalized
8748 @acronym{LR} Parsing}.
8749
8750 @item Grouping
8751 A language construct that is (in general) grammatically divisible;
8752 for example, `expression' or `declaration' in C@.
8753 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
8754
8755 @item Infix operator
8756 An arithmetic operator that is placed between the operands on which it
8757 performs some operation.
8758
8759 @item Input stream
8760 A continuous flow of data between devices or programs.
8761
8762 @item Language construct
8763 One of the typical usage schemas of the language. For example, one of
8764 the constructs of the C language is the @code{if} statement.
8765 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
8766
8767 @item Left associativity
8768 Operators having left associativity are analyzed from left to right:
8769 @samp{a+b+c} first computes @samp{a+b} and then combines with
8770 @samp{c}. @xref{Precedence, ,Operator Precedence}.
8771
8772 @item Left recursion
8773 A rule whose result symbol is also its first component symbol; for
8774 example, @samp{expseq1 : expseq1 ',' exp;}. @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive
8775 Rules}.
8776
8777 @item Left-to-right parsing
8778 Parsing a sentence of a language by analyzing it token by token from
8779 left to right. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}.
8780
8781 @item Lexical analyzer (scanner)
8782 A function that reads an input stream and returns tokens one by one.
8783 @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}.
8784
8785 @item Lexical tie-in
8786 A flag, set by actions in the grammar rules, which alters the way
8787 tokens are parsed. @xref{Lexical Tie-ins}.
8788
8789 @item Literal string token
8790 A token which consists of two or more fixed characters. @xref{Symbols}.
8791
8792 @item Lookahead token
8793 A token already read but not yet shifted. @xref{Lookahead, ,Lookahead
8794 Tokens}.
8795
8796 @item @acronym{LALR}(1)
8797 The class of context-free grammars that Bison (like most other parser
8798 generators) can handle; a subset of @acronym{LR}(1). @xref{Mystery
8799 Conflicts, ,Mysterious Reduce/Reduce Conflicts}.
8800
8801 @item @acronym{LR}(1)
8802 The class of context-free grammars in which at most one token of
8803 lookahead is needed to disambiguate the parsing of any piece of input.
8804
8805 @item Nonterminal symbol
8806 A grammar symbol standing for a grammatical construct that can
8807 be expressed through rules in terms of smaller constructs; in other
8808 words, a construct that is not a token. @xref{Symbols}.
8809
8810 @item Parser
8811 A function that recognizes valid sentences of a language by analyzing
8812 the syntax structure of a set of tokens passed to it from a lexical
8813 analyzer.
8814
8815 @item Postfix operator
8816 An arithmetic operator that is placed after the operands upon which it
8817 performs some operation.
8818
8819 @item Reduction
8820 Replacing a string of nonterminals and/or terminals with a single
8821 nonterminal, according to a grammar rule. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison
8822 Parser Algorithm}.
8823
8824 @item Reentrant
8825 A reentrant subprogram is a subprogram which can be in invoked any
8826 number of times in parallel, without interference between the various
8827 invocations. @xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}.
8828
8829 @item Reverse polish notation
8830 A language in which all operators are postfix operators.
8831
8832 @item Right recursion
8833 A rule whose result symbol is also its last component symbol; for
8834 example, @samp{expseq1: exp ',' expseq1;}. @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive
8835 Rules}.
8836
8837 @item Semantics
8838 In computer languages, the semantics are specified by the actions
8839 taken for each instance of the language, i.e., the meaning of
8840 each statement. @xref{Semantics, ,Defining Language Semantics}.
8841
8842 @item Shift
8843 A parser is said to shift when it makes the choice of analyzing
8844 further input from the stream rather than reducing immediately some
8845 already-recognized rule. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}.
8846
8847 @item Single-character literal
8848 A single character that is recognized and interpreted as is.
8849 @xref{Grammar in Bison, ,From Formal Rules to Bison Input}.
8850
8851 @item Start symbol
8852 The nonterminal symbol that stands for a complete valid utterance in
8853 the language being parsed. The start symbol is usually listed as the
8854 first nonterminal symbol in a language specification.
8855 @xref{Start Decl, ,The Start-Symbol}.
8856
8857 @item Symbol table
8858 A data structure where symbol names and associated data are stored
8859 during parsing to allow for recognition and use of existing
8860 information in repeated uses of a symbol. @xref{Multi-function Calc}.
8861
8862 @item Syntax error
8863 An error encountered during parsing of an input stream due to invalid
8864 syntax. @xref{Error Recovery}.
8865
8866 @item Token
8867 A basic, grammatically indivisible unit of a language. The symbol
8868 that describes a token in the grammar is a terminal symbol.
8869 The input of the Bison parser is a stream of tokens which comes from
8870 the lexical analyzer. @xref{Symbols}.
8871
8872 @item Terminal symbol
8873 A grammar symbol that has no rules in the grammar and therefore is
8874 grammatically indivisible. The piece of text it represents is a token.
8875 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
8876 @end table
8877
8878 @node Copying This Manual
8879 @appendix Copying This Manual
8880
8881 @menu
8882 * GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual.
8883 @end menu
8884
8885 @include fdl.texi
8886
8887 @node Index
8888 @unnumbered Index
8889
8890 @printindex cp
8891
8892 @bye
8893
8894 @c LocalWords: texinfo setfilename settitle setchapternewpage finalout
8895 @c LocalWords: ifinfo smallbook shorttitlepage titlepage GPL FIXME iftex
8896 @c LocalWords: akim fn cp syncodeindex vr tp synindex dircategory direntry
8897 @c LocalWords: ifset vskip pt filll insertcopying sp ISBN Etienne Suvasa
8898 @c LocalWords: ifnottex yyparse detailmenu GLR RPN Calc var Decls Rpcalc
8899 @c LocalWords: rpcalc Lexer Gen Comp Expr ltcalc mfcalc Decl Symtab yylex
8900 @c LocalWords: yyerror pxref LR yylval cindex dfn LALR samp gpl BNF xref
8901 @c LocalWords: const int paren ifnotinfo AC noindent emph expr stmt findex
8902 @c LocalWords: glr YYSTYPE TYPENAME prog dprec printf decl init stmtMerge
8903 @c LocalWords: pre STDC GNUC endif yy YY alloca lf stddef stdlib YYDEBUG
8904 @c LocalWords: NUM exp subsubsection kbd Ctrl ctype EOF getchar isdigit
8905 @c LocalWords: ungetc stdin scanf sc calc ulator ls lm cc NEG prec yyerrok
8906 @c LocalWords: longjmp fprintf stderr preg yylloc YYLTYPE cos ln
8907 @c LocalWords: smallexample symrec val tptr FNCT fnctptr func struct sym
8908 @c LocalWords: fnct putsym getsym fname arith fncts atan ptr malloc sizeof
8909 @c LocalWords: strlen strcpy fctn strcmp isalpha symbuf realloc isalnum
8910 @c LocalWords: ptypes itype YYPRINT trigraphs yytname expseq vindex dtype
8911 @c LocalWords: Rhs YYRHSLOC LE nonassoc op deffn typeless typefull yynerrs
8912 @c LocalWords: yychar yydebug msg YYNTOKENS YYNNTS YYNRULES YYNSTATES
8913 @c LocalWords: cparse clex deftypefun NE defmac YYACCEPT YYABORT param
8914 @c LocalWords: strncmp intval tindex lvalp locp llocp typealt YYBACKUP
8915 @c LocalWords: YYEMPTY YYEOF YYRECOVERING yyclearin GE def UMINUS maybeword
8916 @c LocalWords: Johnstone Shamsa Sadaf Hussain Tomita TR uref YYMAXDEPTH
8917 @c LocalWords: YYINITDEPTH stmnts ref stmnt initdcl maybeasm notype
8918 @c LocalWords: hexflag STR exdent itemset asis DYYDEBUG YYFPRINTF args
8919 @c LocalWords: infile ypp yxx outfile itemx tex leaderfill
8920 @c LocalWords: hbox hss hfill tt ly yyin fopen fclose ofirst gcc ll
8921 @c LocalWords: yyrestart nbar yytext fst snd osplit ntwo strdup AST
8922 @c LocalWords: YYSTACK DVI fdl printindex